Quarterlytics / Industrials / Construction / Armstrong World Industries

Armstrong World Industries

awi · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker awi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Armstrong World Industries
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. 

201  ANNUAL REPORT 

2

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 
P. O. Box 3001 
Lancaster, PA  17604-3001 
www.armstrong.com 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHARE PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The following graph shows the cumulative total shareholder return for Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Common 
Shares (NYSE: AWI) during the period from December 31, 200  to December 31, 201 . The graph also shows the 
cumulative returns of the NYSE Composite Index and a building materials peer group composed of the companies 
listed below the chart. The performance shown in the chart should not be considered indicative of future 
performance.   

7

2

 COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 

NYSE Composite Index 

Peer Group Index 

$250

$225

$200

$175

$150

$125

$100

$75

$50

$25

$0

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON DECEMBER 31, 2007
ASSUMES DIVIDENDS REINVESTED
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2012

FISCAL YEAR ENDING 

Company/Market/Peer Group
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
NYSE Composite Index
Peer Group Index

12/31/2007
$100.00
$100.00
$100.00

12/31/2008
$62.16
$60.85
$67.40

12/31/2009
$111.93
$78.24
$85.17

12/31/2010
$165.20
$88.88
$105.46

12/30/2011
$168.55
$85.62
$102.89

12/31/2012
$229.07
$99.45
$159.95

The peer group is comprised of the following companies:

% of Total Market Cap

American Woodmark Corporation
Interface, Inc. 
Masco Corporation
Mohawk Industries, Inc.
Owens-Corning, Inc.
Sherwin-Williams Company
Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
USG Corporation

1%
3%
25%
16%
%
23%
12%
11%
100%

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One)  
⌧  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012  

OR  

(cid:133)  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from                  to                   

Commission File Number 1-2116  

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Pennsylvania 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

2500 Columbia Avenue, Lancaster, Pennsylvania
(Address of principal executive offices) 

23-0366390 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

17603 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (717) 397-0611 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  

Title of each class  
Common Stock ($0.01 par value)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  
         Yes  ⌧     No  (cid:133)  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
         Yes  (cid:133)     No  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  
         Yes  ⌧     No  (cid:133)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter time period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  ⌧     
No  (cid:133)  

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer  (cid:133) 

Non-accelerated filer  (cid:133) 

Accelerated filer

⌧

Smaller reporting company (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  
         Yes  (cid:133)     No  ⌧  

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. held by non-affiliates based on the closing 
price ($49.16 per share) on the New York Stock Exchange (trading symbol AWI) on June 29, 2012 was approximately $651 million. 
As of February 19, 2013, the number of shares outstanding of registrant’s Common Stock was 59,062,661.  

Documents Incorporated by Reference  

Certain sections of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s definitive Proxy Statement for use in connection with its 2013 annual meeting 
of shareholders, to be filed no later than April 30, 2013 (the first business day after the day that is 120 days after the last day of our 
2012 fiscal year), are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K Report where indicated.  

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  

SECTION

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
PART I 
Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
PART II 

Item 5.    Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities  
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
PART III 
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV 
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 1.   
Item 1A.  
Item 1B.  
Item 2.   
Item 3.   
Item 4.   

Item 6.   
Item 7.   
Item 7A.  
Item 8.   
Item 9.   
Item 9A.  

Item 10.  
Item 11.  
Item 12.  
Item 13.  
Item 14.  

Item 15.  
Signatures 

PAGES

4 

5 
9 
13 
13 
14 
14 

15 
16 
16 
30 
32 
79 
79 

80 
80 
80 
80 
80 

81 
87 

3 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference may constitute forward-

looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those forward-looking statements are 
subject to various risks and uncertainties and include all statements that are not historical statements of fact and those regarding our 
intent, belief or expectations, including, but not limited to, our expectations concerning our residential and commercial markets and 
their effect on our operating results; our expectations regarding the payment of dividends, and our ability to increase revenues, 
earnings and EBITDA (as such terms are defined by documents incorporated by reference herein). Words such as “anticipate,” 
“expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “project,” “predict,” “believe,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “seek,” “estimate” and 
similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are based on management’s current 
expectations and beliefs and are subject to a number of factors that could lead to actual results materially different from those 
described in the forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements are 
reasonable, we can give no assurance that our expectations will be attained. Factors that could have a material adverse effect on our 
operations and future prospects or which could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not 
limited to:  
• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
•  
• 

• 

• 
•  
•  
•  

•  
• 
•  

•  
•  

•  

•  

•  
•  
•  

global economic conditions including inflation, deflation, interest rates, availability of capital, consumer spending rates, 
energy availability and costs, and the effects of governmental initiatives to manage economic conditions;  
the risk that downturns in construction activity could adversely affect our business and results of operations;  
the risk that our indebtedness and degree of leverage could adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our 
business, make payments on our indebtedness and declare dividends on our capital stock;  
the possibility that a number of covenants contained in the agreements that govern our indebtedness, impose significant 
operating and financial restrictions on our business;  
the possibility that our indebtedness may increase our vulnerability to negative unforeseen events;  
the effect of our indebtedness on our liquidity;  
our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund our needs and remain in compliance with our debt 
covenants;  
the risk that the availability of raw materials and energy decreases or that the costs of these materials increase and we are 
unable to pass along the increased costs;  
the possibility that competition can reduce demand for our products or cause us to lower prices;  
the risk that we may lose sales to one of our major customers;  
the risk that the costs of construction and operation of our new manufacturing plants may exceed our projections;  
the risk that adverse judgments in regulatory actions, product claims, environmental claims and other litigation may not be 
covered by insurance in all circumstances;  
the risk that our intellectual property rights may not provide meaningful commercial protection for our products or brands;  
integration obstacles or costs associated with the pursuit or consummation of strategic transactions;  
the risk that our restructuring actions and LEAN initiatives may not achieve expected savings in our operating costs or 
improve operating results;  
the risk of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices;  
changes in the political, regulatory and business environments of our international markets, including changes in trade 
regulations;  
the risk that increased costs of labor, labor disputes, work stoppages or union organizing activity could delay or impede 
production and reduce sales and profits;  
the risk that our decision to outsource our information technology infrastructure and certain finance and accounting 
functions will make us more dependent upon third parties;  
the risk that our principal shareholders could significantly influence our management and our affairs;  
the cost and difficulty of complying with increasing and evolving regulation; and  
other risks detailed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), press 
releases and other communications, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and in the documents incorporated by reference.  

Such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. We expressly disclaim any obligation to release 

publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or 
change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any statement is based.  

4 

 
PART I  

ITEM 1. BUSINESS  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (“AWI” or the “Company”) is a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1891. When we refer to 
“we,” “our” and “us” in this report, we are referring to AWI and its subsidiaries. We are a leading global producer of flooring products 
and ceiling systems for use primarily in the construction and renovation of residential, commercial and institutional buildings. We 
design, manufacture and sell flooring products (primarily resilient and wood) and ceiling systems (primarily mineral fiber, fiberglass 
and metal) around the world.  

The Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust (“Asbestos PI Trust”) and Armor TPG Holdings 
LLC (“TPG”) together hold more than 50% of AWI’s outstanding shares and have a shareholders’ agreement pursuant to which they 
agree to vote their shares together on certain matters. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Asbestos PI Trust and TPG together sold 
5,980,000 of their shares in a secondary public offering. The Company itself did not sell any shares and did not receive any proceeds 
from the offering, and the total number of common shares outstanding did not change as a result of the offering.  

Reportable Segments  
We operate four business segments—Building Products, Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring and Unallocated Corporate. See Note 3 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations of this Form 10-K for additional financial information on our reportable segments.  

Markets  
We are well positioned in the industry segments and markets in which we operate—often holding a leadership or significant market 
share position. The major markets in which we compete are:  

North American Residential. Our Building Products, Resilient Flooring and Wood Flooring segments sell products for use in the 
home. Our ceiling products compete against mineral fiber and fiberglass products from other manufacturers, as well as drywall. 
Homeowners can choose from our vinyl and wood flooring products, for which we are North America’s largest provider, or from our 
laminate flooring products. We compete directly with other domestic and international suppliers of these products. Our flooring 
products also compete with carpet and ceramic products, which we do not offer.  

Our products are used in new home construction and existing home renovation work. Industry analysts estimate that existing home 
renovation (also known as replacement / remodel) work represents approximately two-thirds of the total North American residential 
market opportunity. Key U.S. statistics that indicate market opportunity include existing home sales (a key indicator for renovation 
opportunity), housing starts, housing completions, home prices, interest rates and consumer confidence. For our Resilient Flooring and 
Wood Flooring products, we believe there is some longer-term correlation between these statistics and our revenue after reflecting a 
lag period between change in construction activity and our operating results of several months. However, we believe that consumers’ 
preferences for product type, style, color, availability and affordability also significantly affect our revenue. Further, changes in 
inventory levels and/or product focus at national home centers and our building materials distributors can significantly affect our 
revenue. Sales of our ceiling products for residential use appear to follow the trend of existing home sales, with a several month lag 
period between the change in existing home sales and our related operating results.  

North American Commercial. Many of our products, primarily ceilings and Resilient Flooring, are used in commercial and 
institutional buildings. Our revenue opportunities come from new construction as well as renovation of existing buildings. Renovation 
work is estimated to represent approximately two-thirds of the total North American commercial market opportunity. Most of our 
revenue comes from four major segments of commercial building – office, education, retail and healthcare. We monitor U.S. 
construction starts and follow new projects. Our revenue from new construction can lag behind construction starts by as much as one 
year. We also monitor office vacancy rates, gross domestic product (“GDP”) and general employment levels, which can indicate 
movement in renovation and new construction opportunities. We believe that these statistics, taking into account the time-lag effect, 
provide a reasonable indication of our future revenue opportunity from commercial renovation and new construction.  

Outside of North America. Most of our revenues generated outside of North America are in Europe and almost all are commercial in 
nature. For the countries in which we have significant revenue, we monitor various national statistics (such as GDP) as well as known 
new projects. Revenues come primarily from new construction and renovation work.  

5 

 
  
The following table provides an estimate of our segments’ 2012 net sales, by major markets.  

(Estimated percentages of 
individual segment’s sales) 

North American
Residential  

North American 
Commercial  

Building Products ......................................
Resilient Flooring ......................................
Wood Flooring ...........................................

New  
  —    

5%  
35%  

Renovation

New

Renovation

Outside of North America  
New  
Renovation

Total

5%  
30%  
65%   —   

10%  
5%  

45%  
30%  
—   

25%  
15%  

  —    

15%   100%
15%   100%
  100%
—   

Management has used estimates in creating the table above because the end-use of our products is not easily determinable.  

Geographic Areas  
See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations of this Form 10-K for additional financial information by geographic areas.  

Customers  
We use our reputation, capabilities, service and brand recognition to develop long-standing relationships with our customers. We 
principally sell products through building materials distributors, who re-sell our products to retailers, builders, contractors, installers 
and others. In the commercial sector, we also sell to several contractors and to subcontractors’ alliances. In the North American retail 
channel, which sells to end-users in the residential and light commercial segments, we have important relationships with national 
home centers such as The Home Depot, Inc. and Lowe’s Companies, Inc. In the North American residential sector, we have important 
relationships with major home builders and buying groups.  

Approximately two-thirds of our consolidated net sales are to distributors. Sales to large home centers account for approximately 15% 
of our sales in the Americas. Our remaining sales are to contractors and retailers.  

No customer accounted for 10% or more of our total consolidated net sales during the last three years.  

Working Capital  
We produce goods for inventory and sell on credit to our customers. Generally, our distributors carry inventory as needed to meet 
local or rapid delivery requirements. We sell the vast majority of our products to select, pre-approved customers using customary trade 
terms that allow for payment in the future. These practices are typical within the industry.  

Competition  
We face strong competition in all of our businesses. Principal attributes of competition include product performance, product styling, 
service and price. Competition in North America comes from both domestic and international manufacturers. Additionally, some of 
our products compete with alternative products or finishing solutions. Our resilient, laminate and wood flooring products compete 
with carpet and ceramic products, and our ceiling products compete with drywall and exposed structure (also known as open plenum). 
There is excess industry capacity for certain products in some geographies, which tends to increase price competition. The following 
companies are our primary competitors:  

Building Products – CertainTeed Corporation (a subsidiary of Saint-Gobain), Chicago Metallic Corporation, Georgia-Pacific 
Corporation, Knauf AMF GmbH & Co. KG, Lafarge SA, Odenwald Faserplattenwerk GmbH, Rockfon A/S, Saint-Gobain and USG 
Corporation.  

Flooring segments –Beaulieu International Group, N.V., Boa-Franc, Inc., Congoleum Corporation, Faus, Inc., Forbo Holding AG, 
Gerflor Group, Interface, Inc., IVC Group, Krono Holding AG, LG Floors, Mannington Mills, Inc., Metroflor Corporation, Mohawk 
Industries, Inc., Mullican Flooring, L.P., Nora Systems GmbH, Pfleiderer AG, Shaw Industries, Inc., Somerset Hardwood Flooring, 
and Tarkett AG.  

6 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Raw Materials  
We purchase raw materials from numerous suppliers worldwide in the ordinary course of business. The principal raw materials used in 
each business include the following:  

Business 
Building Products  Mineral fibers, fiberglass, perlite, waste paper, pigments, clays, starches, and steel used in the production of 

Principal Raw Materials 

metal ceilings and for our WAVE joint venture’s manufacturing of ceiling grid 

Resilient Flooring  Polyvinylchloride (“PVC”) resins and films, plasticizers, backings, limestone, pigments, linseed oil, inks and 

stabilizers 

Wood Flooring 

Hardwood lumber, veneer, coatings and stains

We also purchase significant amounts of packaging materials and consume substantial amounts of energy, such as electricity and 
natural gas, and water.  

In general, adequate supplies of raw materials are available to all of our businesses. However, availability can change for a number of 
reasons, including environmental conditions, laws and regulations, shifts in demand by other industries competing for the same 
materials, transportation disruptions and/or business decisions made by, or events that affect, our suppliers. There is no assurance that 
these raw materials will remain in adequate supply to us.  

Prices for certain high usage raw materials can fluctuate dramatically. Cost increases for these materials can have a significant adverse 
impact on our manufacturing costs. Given the competitiveness of our markets, we may not be able to recover the increased 
manufacturing costs through increasing selling prices to our customers.  

Sourced Products  
Some of the products that we sell are sourced from third parties. Our primary sourced products include various flooring products 
(laminate, wood, vinyl sheet and tile), specialized ceiling products, and installation-related products and accessories for some of our 
manufactured products. We purchase some of our sourced products from suppliers that are located outside of the U.S., primarily from 
Asia and Europe. Sales of sourced products represented approximately 15% of our total consolidated revenue in each of 2012, 2011, 
and 2010.  

In general, we believe we have adequate supplies of sourced products. However, we cannot guarantee that the supply will remain 
adequate.  

Seasonality  
Generally our sales tend to be stronger in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year following the timing of renovation, home 
sales and new construction.  

Patent and Intellectual Property Rights  
Patent protection is important to our business. Our competitive position has been enhanced by U.S. and foreign patents on products 
and processes developed or perfected within AWI or obtained through acquisitions and licenses. In addition, we benefit from our trade 
secrets for certain products and processes.  
Patent protection extends for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of a patent in the various 
countries where patent protection is obtained. The actual protection afforded by a patent, which can vary from country to country, 
depends upon the type of patent, the scope of its coverage and the availability of legal remedies. Although we consider that, in the 
aggregate, our patents, licenses and trade secrets constitute a valuable asset of material importance to our business, we do not regard 
any of our businesses as being materially dependent upon any single patent or trade secret, or any group of related patents or trade 
secrets.  

Certain of our trademarks, including without limitation, 
Cortega®, Dundee™, DLW™, Dune™, Excelon®, Fine Fissured™, FireGuard™, Imperial®, Initiator™, Laurel™, Lock & Fold ®, 
Luxe Plank™, Manchester®, Marmorette™, Medintech®, Medintone®, Memories™, MetalWorks™, Natural Creations®, NaturCote™, 
Optima®, Plano™, Scala®, SoundSoak®, Stonetex®, Station Square™, StrataMax®, Timberline®, ToughGuard®, Ultima®, and 
WoodWorks®, are important to our business because of their significant brand name recognition. Trademark protection continues in 
some countries as long as the mark is used, and continues in other countries as long as the mark is registered. Registrations are 
generally for fixed, but renewable, terms.  

, Armstrong®, Alterna™, American Scrape™,Arteffects®, Bruce®, Cirrus®, 

7 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
We review the carrying value of trademarks annually for potential impairment. See the “Critical Accounting Estimates” section of 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K for further 
information.  

Employees  
As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 8,500 full-time and part-time employees worldwide. Approximately 54% of the 
production and maintenance employees in the U.S. are represented by labor unions. This percentage includes all production and 
maintenance employees at our plants and warehouses where labor unions exist. Outside the U.S., most of our production employees 
are covered by either industry-sponsored and/or state-sponsored collective bargaining mechanisms. We believe that our relations with 
our employees are satisfactory.  

Research & Development  
Research and development (“R&D”) activities are important and necessary in helping us improve our products’ competitiveness. 
Principal R&D functions include the development and improvement of products and manufacturing processes. We spent $30.3 million 
in 2012, $29.2 million in 2011 and $32.9 million in 2010 on R&D activities worldwide.  

Sustainability and Environmental Matters  
The adoption of environmentally responsible building codes and standards such as the Leadership in Energy and Environmental 
Design, or LEED, rating system established by the U.S. Green Building Council, has the potential to increase demand for products, 
systems and services that contribute to building sustainable spaces. Many of our products meet the requirements for the award of 
LEED credits, and we are continuing to develop new products, systems and services to address market demand for products that 
enable construction of buildings that require fewer natural resources to build, operate and maintain. Our competitors also have 
developed and introduced to the market more environmentally responsible products.  

We expect that there will be increased demand over time for products, systems and services that meet regulatory and customer 
sustainability standards and preferences and decreased demand for products that produce significant greenhouse gas emissions. We 
also believe that our ability to continue to provide these products, systems and services to our customers will be necessary to maintain 
our competitive position in the marketplace.  

We are committed to complying with all environmental laws and regulations that are applicable to our operations. Regulatory 
activities of particular importance to our operations include proceedings under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, 
Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), and state or international Superfund and similar type environmental laws governing 
several domestically- and internationally-owned, formerly owned and non-owned locations allegedly resulting from past industrial 
activity. In a few cases, we are one of several potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) and have agreed to jointly fund the required 
investigation and remediation, while preserving our defenses to the liability. We may also have rights of contribution or 
reimbursement from other parties or coverage under applicable insurance policies. Most of our manufacturing and certain of our 
research facilities are affected by various federal, state and local environmental requirements relating to the discharge of materials or 
the protection of the environment. We make expenditures necessary for compliance with applicable environmental requirements at 
each of our operating facilities.  

We have not experienced a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures or competitive position as a result of environmental 
control legislation and regulations. Liabilities of $10.7 million and $7.3 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 
respectively, were recorded for potential environmental liabilities, on a global basis, that we consider probable and for which a 
reasonable estimate of the probable liability could be made. See Note 31 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Item 1A. Risk 
Factors of this Form 10-K, for information regarding the possible effects that compliance with environmental laws and regulations 
may have on our businesses and operating results.  

Website  
We maintain a website at http://www.armstrong.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this document. 
Reference in this Form 10-K to our website is an inactive text reference only. Annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 
10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, all amendments to those reports and other information about us are available free of charge 
through this website as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the SEC. These materials are also 
available from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  

8 

 
  
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS  
Worldwide economic conditions and credit tightening could have a material adverse impact on our business.  
Our business may be adversely impacted by changes in United States or global economic conditions, including inflation, deflation, 
interest rates, availability of capital, consumer spending rates, energy availability and costs, and the effects of governmental initiatives 
to manage economic conditions. Volatility in financial markets and the deterioration of national and global economic conditions could 
materially adversely impact our operations, financial results and/or liquidity including as follows:  

• 

• 

• 

•  

•  

the financial stability of our customers or suppliers may be compromised, which could result in additional bad debts for us 
or non-performance by suppliers;  
one or more of the lenders under our senior secured credit facility may cease to be able to fulfill their funding obligations, 
which could adversely impact our liquidity;  
it may become more costly or difficult to obtain financing or refinance our debt in the future;  
the value of our assets held in pension plans may decline; and/or  
our assets may be impaired or subject to write down or write off.  

Uncertainty about global economic conditions may cause commercial and residential consumers of our products to postpone spending 
in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values. This could have a material adverse 
impact on the demand for our products and on our financial condition and operating results. A deterioration of economic conditions 
would likely exacerbate and prolong these adverse effects.  

Our business is dependent on construction activity. Downturns in construction activity could adversely affect our business and 
results of operations.  

Our businesses have greater sales opportunities when construction activity is strong and, conversely, have fewer opportunities when 
such activity declines. The cyclical nature of commercial and residential construction activity, including construction activity funded 
by the public sector, tends to be influenced by prevailing economic conditions, including favorable interest rates, strong government 
spending, consumer confidence and other factors beyond our control. Prolonged downturns in construction activity could have an 
adverse effect on our business, profitability, and the carrying value of assets.  

Our indebtedness may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business, make payments on our 
indebtedness and declare dividends on our capital stock.  
Our level of indebtedness and degree of leverage could:  

•  

•  

•  

•  

• 

• 

•  

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;  
make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse 
changes in government regulation;  
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;  
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and therefore more able to take 
advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting;  
limit our ability to refinance existing indebtedness or borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, 
acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other purposes;  
restrict our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock; and  
adversely affect our credit ratings.  

We may also incur additional indebtedness, which could exacerbate the risks described above. In addition, to the extent that our 
indebtedness bears interest at floating rates, our sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations will increase.  

Any of the above listed factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

The agreements that govern our indebtedness contain a number of covenants that impose significant operating and financial 
restrictions, including restrictions on our ability to engage in acts that may be in our best long-term interests.  

The agreements that govern our indebtedness include covenants that, among other things, may restrict our ability to:  

• 

•  

incur additional debt;  
pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of our capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital 
stock or subordinated debt or make certain other restricted payments;  

9 

 
•  

• 

•  

•  

make certain acquisitions;  
sell certain assets;  
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and  
create liens on certain assets to secure debt.  

Under the terms of our senior secured credit facility, we are required to maintain specified leverage and interest coverage ratios. Our 
ability to meet such ratios could be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure that we will meet such ratios. A 
breach of any of the restrictive covenants or leverage ratio would result in a default under the senior secured credit facility. If any such 
default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facility may be able to elect to declare all outstanding borrowings under 
such facilities, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable, or enforce their security interest, any 
of which would result in an event of default under the notes. The lenders may also have the right in these circumstances to terminate 
any commitments they have to provide further borrowings.  

We require a significant amount of liquidity to fund our operations, and borrowing has increased our vulnerability to negative 
unforeseen events.  

Our liquidity needs vary throughout the year. If our business experiences materially negative unforeseen events, we may be unable to 
generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund our needs or maintain sufficient liquidity to operate and remain in compliance 
with our debt covenants, which could result in reduced or delayed planned capital expenditures and other investments and adversely 
affect our future revenue prospects.  

If the availability of raw materials or energy decreases, or the costs increase, and we are unable to pass along increased costs, 
our operating results could be adversely affected.  

The cost and availability of raw materials, packaging materials, energy and sourced products are critical to our operations. For 
example, we use substantial quantities of natural gas, petroleum-based raw materials, and hardwood lumber in our manufacturing 
operations. The cost of some of these items has been volatile in recent years and availability has been limited at times. We source 
some materials from a limited number of suppliers, which, among other things, increases the risk of unavailability. Limited 
availability could cause us to reformulate products or limit our production. Decreased access to raw materials and energy or significant 
increased production cost differentials and any corresponding inability to pass along such costs through price increases could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.  

Our markets are highly competitive. Competition can reduce demand for our products or cause us to lower prices. Failure to 
compete effectively by meeting consumer preferences and maintaining market share would adversely affect our results.  

Our customers consider our products’ performance, product styling, customer service and price when deciding whether to purchase 
our products. Shifting consumer preference in our highly competitive markets, from residential vinyl products to other flooring 
products, for example, styling preferences or inability to offer new competitive performance features could have an adverse effect on 
our sales. In addition, excess industry capacity exists for certain products in several geographic markets, which tends to increase price 
competition, as does competition from overseas competitors with lower cost structures.  

Sales fluctuations to key customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profits.  

Some of our businesses are dependent on a few key customers. The loss of sales to one of these major customers, or any adverse 
change in our business relationship with any one of them, could have an adverse affect on both our revenues and profits.  

Our plant construction projects may adversely impact our results.  

We are in various stages of building new manufacturing plants. There can be no assurance that the actual cost of these facilities will 
not exceed our projections. In addition, we may experience delays in the construction of these facilities for many reasons, including 
unavailability of materials, labor or equipment, regulatory matters or inclement weather. Economic and competitive advantages 
expected from these projects may not fully materialize as a result of delays, cost overruns or changes in market conditions.  

Adverse judgments in regulatory actions, product claims, environmental claims and other litigation could be costly. Insurance 
coverage may not be available or adequate in all circumstances.  

While we strive to ensure that our products comply with applicable government regulatory standards and internal requirements, and 
that our products perform effectively and safely, customers from time to time could claim that our products do not meet warranty or 
contractual requirements, and users could claim to be harmed by use or misuse of our products. These claims could give rise to breach 
of contract, warranty or recall claims, or claims for negligence, product liability, strict liability, personal injury or property damage. 
They could also result in negative publicity that could harm our sales and operating results.  

10 

 
The building materials industry has been subject to claims relating to raw materials such as silicates, PCBs, PVC, formaldehyde, fire-
retardants and claims relating to other issues such as mold and toxic fumes, as well as claims for incidents of catastrophic loss, such as 
building fires. We have not received any significant claims involving our raw materials or our product performance, however, product 
liability insurance coverage may not be available or adequate in all circumstances to cover any such claims that may arise in the 
future.  

We are parties to several legal proceedings involving environmental matters (see Note 31 to the consolidated financial statements 
included in this Form 10-K), and we have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs 
necessary to comply with environmental laws and regulations. It is possible that we could become subject to additional environmental 
liabilities in the future.  

We are also subject to regulatory requirements regarding protection of the environment. Current and future environmental laws and 
regulations, including those proposed concerning climate change, could increase our cost of compliance, cost of energy, or otherwise 
materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.  

In addition, claims and investigations may arise related to patent infringement, distributor relationships, commercial contracts, 
antitrust or competition law requirements, employment and employee benefits issues, and other compliance and regulatory matters. 
While we have processes and policies designed to mitigate these risks and to investigate and address such claims as they arise, we 
cannot predict or, in some cases, control the costs to defend or resolve such claims.  

Income taxes can have an unanticipated effect on our financial results.  

Our business is subject to income taxes in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions. Because our income tax expense for any 
period depends heavily on the mix of income derived from the various taxing jurisdictions, our income tax expense and reported net 
income may fluctuate significantly, and may be materially different than forecasted or experienced in the past.  

Moreover, changes in, or interpretations of, tax laws and regulations (including laws related to the remittance of foreign earnings), 
could also have a significant adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition.  

Under provision of the Internal Revenue Code, the utilization of a U.S. corporation’s deferred tax assets may be limited following a 
change in ownership, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. There have been no ownership changes as defined in the Internal 
Revenue Code subsequent to our bankruptcy emergence. Future ownership changes could have an impact on our ability to utilize the 
deferred tax assets.  

Our intellectual property rights may not provide meaningful commercial protection for our products or brands, which could 
adversely impact our business.  

We rely on our proprietary intellectual property, including numerous patents and registered trademarks, as well as our licensed 
intellectual property. We monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute, or otherwise harm our patents, trademarks 
and other intellectual property and rely on the patent, trademark and other laws of the United States and other countries. However, we 
may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization. In addition, the laws of some 
non-United States jurisdictions, particularly those of certain emerging markets, provide less protection for our proprietary rights than 
the laws of the United States. To the extent we cannot protect our intellectual property, unauthorized use and misuse of our intellectual 
property could harm our competitive position and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.  

We may pursue strategic transactions that could create risks and present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs, any of 
which could materially adversely affect our business.  

We have evaluated, and expect to continue to evaluate, potential strategic transactions from time to time as those opportunities arise. 
We routinely engage in discussions with third parties regarding potential acquisitions that could be significant. Any such strategic 
transactions involve a number of risks, including potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management, 
difficulty with integrating personnel and operating infrastructure, and increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our 
operations. Strategic transactions could involve payment by us of a substantial amount of cash, incurrence of a substantial amount of 
debt or issuance of a substantial amount of equity. Certain acquisition opportunities may not result in the consummation of a 
transaction or may fail to realize the intended  

benefits and synergies. If we fail to consummate and integrate our acquisitions in a timely and cost-effective manner, our business 
could be materially and adversely affected.  

11 

 
Our restructuring actions and LEAN initiatives may not achieve expected savings in our operating costs or improved 
operating results.  

We aggressively look for ways to make our operations more efficient and effective. We reduce, move and expand our plants and 
operations as needed. Such actions involve substantial planning, often require capital investments and may result in charges for fixed 
asset impairments or obsolescence and substantial severance costs. We are committed to augmenting margin expansion through 
further productivity enhancements and cost elimination. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve our 
desired level of profit improvement. Even if we achieve our targeted goals, there is no assurance that our net operating results in the 
future will improve by the desired amount. Planning and executing delays or challenges could adversely affect our customer service 
and result in unplanned costs.  

We are subject to risks associated with our international operations in both established and emerging markets. Legislative, 
political, regulatory and economic volatility, as well as vulnerability to infrastructure and labor disruptions, could have an 
adverse effect on our business.  

A significant portion of our products move in international trade, particularly among the U.S., Canada, Europe and Asia markets. 
Approximately 30% of our revenues were from operations outside the U.S. and Canada in 2012 (see Note 3 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K). Our international trade is subject to currency exchange fluctuations, trade 
regulations, import duties, logistics costs, delays and other related risks. Our international operations are also subject to variable tax 
rates, credit risks in emerging markets, political risks, uncertain legal systems, high costs in repatriating profits to the U.S. from some 
countries, and loss of sales to local competitors following currency devaluations in countries where we import products for sale. In 
addition, our international growth strategy depends in part on our ability to expand our operations in certain emerging markets. 
However, some emerging markets have greater political and economic volatility and greater vulnerability to infrastructure and labor 
disruptions than established markets. In many countries outside of the U.S., particularly in those with developing economies, it may be 
common for others to engage in business practices prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to us, such as the Foreign Corrupt 
Practices Act or similar local anti-bribery laws. These laws generally prohibit companies and their employees, contractors or agents 
from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Failure to comply with 
these laws could subject us to civil and criminal penalties. As we continue to expand our business globally, including in emerging 
markets, we may have difficulty anticipating and effectively managing these and other risks that our international operations may face, 
which may adversely impact our business outside the United States and our financial condition and results of operations.  

Increased costs of labor, labor disputes, work stoppages or union organizing activity could delay or impede production and 
reduce sales and profits.  

Increased costs of U.S. and international labor, including the costs of employee benefits plans, could adversely affect our financial 
results and operations. As the majority of our manufacturing employees are represented by unions and covered by collective 
bargaining or similar agreements, there are also costs attributable to our periodic renegotiation of those agreements. We are also 
subject to the risk that strikes or other types of conflicts with organized personnel may arise or that we may become the subject of 
union organizing activity at our facilities that do not have union representation. Prolonged negotiations, conflicts or related activities 
could lead to increased costs and work stoppages, which could adversely affect production, revenues, profits and customer relations.  

We outsource our information technology infrastructure and certain finance and accounting functions, which makes us more 
dependent upon third parties.  

In an effort to make our IT, finance and accounting functions more efficient, increase related capabilities, as well as generate cost 
savings, we outsource a significant portion of our IT infrastructure and certain finance and accounting functions to separate third party 
service providers. As a result, we rely on third parties to ensure that our related needs are sufficiently met. This reliance subjects us to 
risks arising from the loss of control over certain processes, changes in pricing that may affect our operating results, and potentially, 
termination of provisions of these services by our suppliers. A failure of our service providers to perform may have a significant 
adverse effect on our business.  

Concentration of ownership among our principal shareholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant 
corporate decisions.  

The Asbestos PI Trust and TPG together own a majority of our common shares. Pursuant to a shareholders’ agreement entered into by 
the Asbestos PI Trust and TPG, as amended effective as of November 5, 2012, the Asbestos PI Trust and TPG have agreed to vote 
their shares together on certain matters, including the nomination and election of twelve directors to our board of directors. Of the 
twelve directors, the Asbestos PI Trust has the right to designate two directors and TPG also has the right, subject to certain share 
ownership thresholds, to designate two directors.  

12 

 
Furthermore, the Asbestos PI Trust and TPG together are able to exercise influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, 
including approval of significant corporate transactions and amendment of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, or the 
Articles, and amended bylaws, or the Bylaws, and have significant control over our management and policies. The interests of these 
shareholders may not be consistent with the interests of other shareholders. The existence of significant shareholders may also have 
the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management or limiting the ability of 
our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our company. In addition, our Articles 
provide that Subchapter 25F of the Business Corporation Law of 1998 of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, or PBCL, which relate 
to business combinations with interested shareholders, does not apply to us.  

Anti-takeover provisions of our organizational documents could prevent or delay a change in control of our company.  

Certain provisions of our Articles and Bylaws may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of our 
company. A change of control could be proposed in the form of a tender offer or takeover proposal that might result in a premium 
over the market price for our common shares. In addition, these provisions could make it more difficult to bring about a change in the 
composition of our board of directors, which could result in entrenchment of current management. For example, our Articles and 
Bylaws:  

• 

• 

• 

•  

• 

•  

permit special meetings of shareholders to be called only by shareholders holding at least 20% of voting shares;  
establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election of 
directors, other than nominations made by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or by Asbestos PI Trust;  
do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors;  
require affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 80% of our common shares to amend, alter or repeal 
certain provisions of our Articles regarding the number, terms of office and removal of directors, special meetings of 
shareholders, shareholder action by written consent and the rights of Asbestos PI Trust under the Articles;  
until no shareholder beneficially owns at least 20% of our common shares, require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of 
shareholders for changes to certain provisions of the Bylaws, including provisions concerning director independence, 
shareholder voting at special meetings and action by written consent, board size and appointments to our nominating and 
governance committee; and  
authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred shares, or “blank check” preferred shares, by our board of directors 
without shareholder approval.  

The existence of these provisions and other provisions of our organizational documents could limit the price that investors might be 
willing to pay in the future for our common shares. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the 
likelihood that shareholders could receive a premium for their common shares in any acquisition.  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  
None.  
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES  
Our world headquarters are in Lancaster, Pennsylvania. We own a 100-acre, multi-building campus comprising the site of our 
corporate headquarters, most of our operational headquarters, our U.S. R&D operations and marketing, and customer service 
headquarters.  

We produce and market Armstrong products and services throughout the world, operating 32 manufacturing plants in eight countries 
as of December 31, 2012. Four of our plants are leased and the remaining 28 are owned. We operate 20 plants located throughout the 
United States. In addition, we have an interest through our WAVE joint venture in eight additional plants in six countries.  

Business Segment 

Building Products 

Number 
of Plants 
13 

Resilient Flooring 

10 

Wood Flooring 

9 

Location of Principal Facilities 
U.S. (Florida, Georgia, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, and West Virginia), Austria, Canada, China, 
France, Germany and the U.K.

U.S. (California, Illinois, Mississippi, Oklahoma, and Pennsylvania), Australia and Germany

U.S. (Arkansas, Kentucky, Mississippi, Missouri, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, and West Virginia) and 
China 

Sales and administrative offices are leased and/or owned worldwide, and leased facilities are utilized to supplement our owned 
warehousing facilities.  

13 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Production capacity and the extent of utilization of our facilities are difficult to quantify with certainty. In any one facility, utilization 
of our capacity varies periodically depending upon demand for the product that is being manufactured. We believe our facilities are 
adequate and suitable to support the business. Additional incremental investments in plant facilities are made as appropriate to balance 
capacity with anticipated demand, improve quality and service, and reduce costs.  

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  
See the “Specific Material Events” section of the “Environmental Matters” section of Note 31 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a description of our significant legal proceedings.  

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  
Not applicable.  

14 

 
  
PART II  

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  
AWI’s common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “AWI.” As of February 19, 2013, there were 
approximately 400 holders of record of AWI’s common stock.  

First  

Second  

Third  

Fourth  

Total 
Year  

2012 

Price range of common stock—high ................................................................. $  59.78  $  49.97  $  50.00  $  54.98  $  59.78 
Price range of common stock—low .................................................................. $  44.60  $  42.57  $  38.08  $  45.83  $  38.08 

2011 

Price range of common stock—high ................................................................. $  47.53  $  48.37  $  48.68  $  45.96  $  48.68 
Price range of common stock—low .................................................................. $  39.41  $  42.50  $  32.47  $  32.82  $  32.47 

The above figures represent the high and low intra-day sale prices for our common stock as reported by the New York Stock 
Exchange.  

On March 23, 2012, our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend of $8.55 per common share, or $508 million in the 
aggregate, of which $502.9 million was paid on April 10, 2012 to shareholders of record as of April 3, 2012. Payment of an additional 
$1.5 million was made during the remainder of 2012. The unpaid portion of the dividend relates to unvested employee shares and 
units, and is reflected in current liabilities ($1.6 million) and other long term liabilities ($2.2 million) and will be paid when the 
underlying employee shares and units vest. There were no dividends declared during 2011.  

Dividends are paid as and when declared by our Board of Directors and in accordance with restrictions set forth in our debt 
agreements. In general, our debt agreements allow us to make “restricted payments,” which include dividends and stock repurchases, 
subject to certain limitations and other restrictions and provided that we are in compliance with the financial and other covenants of 
our debt agreements and meet certain liquidity requirements after giving effect to the restricted payment. For further discussion of the 
debt agreements, see the financial condition and liquidity section of Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations and Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Form 10-K.  

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  

Period 
October 1-31, 2012 ...................................
November 1-30, 2012 ...............................
December 1-31, 2012 ...............................

Total .........................................................

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased1  

Average Price Paid 
per Share  

1,589  $ 
26,432  $ 
60,022  $ 

88,043 

51.80 
53.46 
50.73 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs2  

Maximum Number 
of Shares that may 
yet be Purchased 
under the Plans or 
Programs  

—   
—   
—   

N/A 

—   
—   
—   

N/A 

1Shares reacquired through the withholding of shares to pay employee tax obligations upon the exercise of options or vesting of 
restricted shares previously granted under the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan.  
2The Company does not presently have a share buy-back program.  

For more information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans, see Note 25 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Form 10-K.  

15 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  
The following selected historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial 
statements, the accompanying notes and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
included in this Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods presented have been derived from our 
audited consolidated financial statements.  

2012

2011

2010 

2009

2008

(amounts in millions, except for per-share data) 
Income statement data 
Net sales ............................................................................................ $  2,618.9  $  2,723.1  $  2,627.8  $  2,629.8  $  3,213.8 
217.6 
Operating income ..............................................................................
84.7 
Earnings from continuing operations ................................................
1.49 
1.49 
4.50 

271.2 
144.4 
2.43  $ 
2.41  $ 
8.55 

108.9 
89.4 
1.57  $ 
1.56  $ 
—    $ 

87.5 
15.1 
0.26  $ 
0.26  $ 
13.74 

239.8 
112.8 
1.92  $ 
1.91  $ 
—    $ 

Per common share—basic (a) .................................................. $ 
Per common share—diluted (a) ............................................... $ 
Dividends declared per share of common stock ................................ $ 
Balance sheet data (end of period) 
Total assets ........................................................................................
Long-term debt .................................................................................
Total equity .......................................................................................

2,854.3 
1,038.0 
719.1 

2,994.7 
822.9 
1,130.2 

2,922.4 
839.6 
1,090.8 

3,302.6 
432.5 
1,907.9 

3,351.8 
454.8 
1,751.3 

Notes:  
(a)  See definition of basic and diluted earnings per share in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (“AWI”) is a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1891.  

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements, the accompanying notes, the cautionary note regarding 
forward-looking statements and risk factors included in this Form 10-K.  

Overview  
We are a leading global producer of flooring products and ceiling systems for use primarily in the construction and renovation of 
residential, commercial and institutional buildings. We design, manufacture and sell flooring products (primarily resilient and wood) 
and ceiling systems (primarily mineral fiber, fiberglass and metal) around the world.  

In response to economic conditions during 2012, we closed two previously idled facilities: an engineered wood production facility in 
Statesville, NC, and a Building Products plant in Mobile, AL. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2012, we sold the assets of our 
wood flooring distribution (Patriot) and cabinets businesses. As of December 31, 2012, we operated 32 manufacturing plants in eight 
countries, including 20 plants located throughout the U.S.  

Through Worthington Armstrong Venture (“WAVE”), our joint venture with Worthington Industries, Inc., we also have an interest in 
eight additional plants in six countries that produce suspension system (grid) products for our ceiling systems.  

We report our financial results through the following segments: Building Products, Resilient Flooring, Wood Flooring, and 
Unallocated Corporate. See “Results of Operations” and “Reportable Segment Results” for additional financial information on our 
consolidated company and our segments.  

Factors Affecting Revenues  
For information on our segments’ 2012 net sales by geography, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this 
Form 10-K.  

Markets. We compete in building material markets around the world. The majority of our sales are in North America and Europe. We 
closely monitor macroeconomic trends that affect our business, including Gross Domestic Product, the Architecture Billings Index and 
the Consumer Confidence Index. During 2012, these macroeconomic benchmarks showed mixed results. In addition, we noted several 
factors and trends within our markets that directly affected our business performance during 2012, including: 

16 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
North America  
We noted softness in commercial markets, particularly education and healthcare as public spending remained constrained. In addition, 
we saw some regional weakness in the office market. These trends impacted both our Building Products and Resilient Flooring 
businesses, but with greater impact on Resilient Flooring as the majority of our commercial sales in Resilient Flooring originate from 
the education and healthcare markets.  

We experienced mixed results in our residential markets as we saw continued improvements in builder activity while renovation 
activity remained soft. These trends impacted our Resilient and Wood Flooring businesses. 

Europe  
The overwhelming majority of our sales in Europe are to commercial markets in sectors dependent on public spending. Continued 
softness in commercial sectors, such as education and healthcare, and weak currency contributed significantly to sharp declines in 
Central and Western Europe, while Eastern European markets grew. 

Pacific Rim  
Our markets in China experienced mixed results. The office sector remained soft while the education and healthcare markets grew. A 
continued soft commercial construction market impacted our Resilient Flooring and Building Products businesses in Australia.  

Pricing Initiatives. We periodically modify prices in each of our business segments in response to changes in costs for raw materials 
and energy, and to market conditions and the competitive environment. In certain cases, realized price increases are less than the 
announced price increases because of competitive reactions and changing market conditions. We estimate that pricing actions 
increased our 2012 total consolidated net sales by approximately $27 million compared to 2011.  

We have announced price increases in our ceilings and grid businesses in the Americas and in Europe that are effective in the first 
quarter of 2013. In response to rising lumber costs, we have also announced a price increase in our wood flooring business that is also 
effective in the first quarter of 2013. If raw material prices continue at, or rise from, current levels, additional pricing actions may be 
implemented. 

Mix. Each of our businesses offers a wide assortment of products that are differentiated by style, design and performance attributes. 
Pricing and margins for products within the assortment vary. Changes in the relative quantity of products purchased at the different 
price points can impact year-to-year comparisons of net sales and operating income. We estimate that mix improvements increased 
our total consolidated net sales by approximately $15 million in 2012, compared to 2011.  

Factors Affecting Operating Costs  
Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses are comprised of direct production costs (principally raw materials, labor and energy), 
manufacturing overhead costs, freight, costs to purchase sourced products and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses.  

Our largest individual raw material expenditures are for lumber and veneers, PVC resins and plasticizers. Natural gas is also a 
significant input cost. Fluctuations in the prices of these inputs are generally beyond our control and have a direct impact on our 
financial results. In 2012, the costs for raw materials, sourced products and energy negatively impacted operating income by 
approximately $1 million, compared to 2011.  

During 2011, we incurred approximately $15 million of net costs related to the renegotiation of seven expiring collective bargaining 
agreements covering six plants (Beverly, WV, Oneida, TN, Marietta, PA, Lancaster, PA, Pensacola, FL, and Macon, GA) and the 
related lockout of our unionized employees at our Marietta, PA plant. We also incurred approximately $4 million of additional net 
costs in the first quarter of 2012 related to the contract settlement with our employees at the Marietta, PA plant.  

We are committed to augmenting margin expansion through cost elimination. Through manufacturing footprint reductions and 
aggressive application of projects designed to standardize, simplify and eliminate SG&A programs and policies, we undertook an 
effort to remove at least $200 million of manufacturing and SG&A costs by the end of 2012. Toward this end, we achieved $35 
million of cost savings in 2010, $115 million in savings in 2011, and delivered another $63 million of cost savings during 2012. We 
recorded expenses of approximately $28 million for these initiatives in 2012 and $36 million in 2011. During the first quarter of 2012, 
we decided to close our previously idled Building Products plant in Mobile, AL. We also decided in the fourth quarter of 2012 to close 
our previously idled engineered wood plant in Statesville, NC. We will continue to evaluate the efficiency of our manufacturing 
footprint and may take additional actions in support of our cost and standardization initiatives. The charges associated with our cost 
reduction initiatives may include severance and related termination benefits, fixed asset write-downs, asset impairments and 
accelerated depreciation and could be material to our financial statements.  

17 

 
Intangible Asset Impairments. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $22.4 million to reduce 
the carrying amount of our Wood Flooring trademarks to their estimated fair value. There were no impairment charges recorded 
related to these trademarks in 2012 or 2011. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.  

See also “Results of Operations” for further discussion of other significant items affecting operating costs.  
Employees  
As of December 31, 2012, we had approximately 8,500 full-time and part-time employees worldwide, compared to approximately 
9,100 employees as of December 31, 2011. The decrease is primarily due to the divestiture of our cabinets business (approximately 
800 employees), partially offset by crews added in our wood flooring plants and in our China plants under construction. During 2012, 
we negotiated a collective bargaining agreement covering approximately 100 employees at a resilient flooring plant.  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES  
In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), we 
are required to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an on-going basis, using relevant internal and external information. 
We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable. However, actual results may differ from what was estimated and could 
have a significant impact on the financial statements.  

We have identified the following as our critical accounting estimates. We have discussed these critical accounting estimates with our 
Audit Committee.  

U.S. Pension Credit and Postretirement Benefit Costs – We maintain pension and postretirement plans throughout the world, with the 
most significant plans located in the U.S. Our defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial 
valuations. These valuations are calculated using a number of assumptions. Each assumption represents management’s best estimate 
of the future. The assumptions that have the most significant impact on reported results are the discount rate, the estimated long-term 
return on plan assets and the estimated inflation in health care costs. These assumptions are generally updated annually.  

The discount rate is used to determine retirement plan liabilities and to determine the interest cost component of net periodic pension 
and postretirement cost. Management utilizes the Aon Hewitt AA only above median yield curve, which is a hypothetical AA yield 
curve comprised of a series of annualized individual discount rates, as the primary basis for determining the discount rate. As of 
December 31, 2012 and 2011, we assumed discount rates of 3.95% and 4.85%, respectively, for the U.S. defined benefit pension 
plans. As of December 31, 2012, we assumed a discount rate of 3.75% compared with a discount rate of 4.75% as of December 31, 
2011 for the U.S. postretirement plans. The effects of the change in discount rate will be amortized into earnings as described below. 
Absent any other changes, a one-quarter percentage point decrease in the discount rates for the U.S. pension and postretirement plans 
would decrease 2013 operating income by $5.4 million and a one-quarter percentage point increase in the discount rates would 
increase 2013 operating income by $5.2 million.  

We have two U.S. defined benefit pension plans, a qualified funded plan and a nonqualified unfunded plan. For the qualified funded 
plan, the expected long-term return on plan assets represents a long-term view of the future estimated investment return on plan assets. 
This estimate is determined based on the target allocation of plan assets among asset classes and input from investment professionals 
on the expected performance of the asset classes over 10 to 20 years. Historical asset returns are monitored and considered when we 
develop our expected long-term return on plan assets. An incremental component is added for the expected return from active 
management based both on the plan’s experience and on historical information obtained from the plan’s investment consultants. These 
forecasted gross returns are reduced by estimated management fees and expenses, yielding a long-term rate of return of 6.25% per 
annum for 2013. The expected asset return assumption is based upon a long-term view; therefore, we do not expect to see frequent 
changes from year to year based on positive or negative actual performance in a single year. Over the 10 year period ended 
December 31, 2012, the annualized return was approximately 9.2% compared to an average expected return of 7.8%. The actual return 
on plan assets achieved for 2012 was 15.0%. The difference between the actual and expected rate of return on plan assets will be 
amortized into earnings as described below.  

The expected long-term return on plan assets used in determining our 2012 U.S. pension credit was 6.50%. We have assumed a return 
on plan assets during 2013 of 6.25%. The decrease reflects a planned change in our asset allocations. The 2013 expected return on 
assets was calculated in a manner consistent with 2012. A one-quarter percentage point increase or decrease in this assumption would 
increase or decrease 2013 operating income by approximately $5.5 million.  

Contributions to the unfunded plan were $4.0 million in 2012 and were made on a monthly basis to fund benefit payments. We 
estimate the 2013 contributions will be approximately $3.8 million. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more 
information.  

18 

 
The estimated inflation in health care costs represents a long-term view (5-10 years) of the expected inflation in our postretirement 
health care costs. We separately estimate expected health care cost increases for pre-65 retirees and post-65 retirees due to the 
influence of Medicare coverage at age 65, as illustrated below:  

Assumptions 

Post 65 

Pre 65 

Overall 

Post 65 

Actual 

Pre 65 

Overall 

2011 .........................................................................................
2012 .........................................................................................
2013 .........................................................................................

8.5%  
8.1%  
7.8%  

8.6%  
8.1%  
7.6%  

8.5%  
8.1%  
7.7%   

11% 
(13%)   

2%  
(1%)

8%
(9%)

The difference between the actual and expected health care costs is amortized into earnings as described below. As of December 31, 
2012, health care cost increases are estimated to decrease ratably until 2019, after which they are estimated to be constant at 5%. A 
one percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would reduce 2013 operating income by $1.5 million, while a 
one percentage point decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would increase 2013 operating income by $1.4 million. See 
Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.  

Actual results that differ from our various pension and postretirement plan estimates are captured as actuarial gains/losses. When 
certain thresholds are met, the gains and losses are amortized into future earnings over the expected remaining service period of plan 
participants, which is approximately eight years for our U.S. pension plans and our U.S. postretirement plans. Changes in assumptions 
could have significant effects on earnings in future years.  

We recognized an increase in net actuarial losses related to our U.S. pension benefit plans of $43.1 million in 2012. Our accumulated 
losses increased primarily due to changes in actuarial assumptions (most significantly a 90 basis point decline in the discount rate), 
partially offset by gains due to better than expected asset performance. The $43.1 million actuarial loss due to our U.S. pension plans 
is reflected as a component of other comprehensive income in our Consolidated Statement of Earnings and Comprehensive Income 
along with actuarial losses from our foreign pension plans and actuarial gains from our U.S. postretirement benefit plans.  

Impairments of Long-Lived Tangible and Intangible Assets – Our indefinite-lived intangibles are primarily trademarks and brand 
names, which are integral to our corporate identity and expected to contribute indefinitely to our corporate cash flows. Accordingly, 
they have been assigned an indefinite life. We conduct our annual impairment test for non-amortizable intangible assets during the 
fourth quarter, although we conduct interim impairment tests if events or circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. We 
conduct impairment tests for tangible assets and amortizable intangible assets when indicators of impairment exist, such as operating 
losses and/or negative cash flows. If an indication of impairment exists, we compare the carrying amount of the asset group to the 
estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. The estimate of an asset group’s fair value is based 
on discounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group, or based on management’s estimated exit price assuming 
the assets could be sold in an orderly transaction between market participants or estimated salvage value if no sale is assumed. If the 
fair value is less than the carrying value of the asset group, we record an impairment charge equal to the difference between the fair 
value and carrying value of the asset group.  

The principal assumptions utilized in our impairment tests for definite-lived intangible assets include operating profit adjusted for 
depreciation and amortization. The principal assumptions utilized in our impairment tests for indefinite-lived intangible assets include 
revenue growth rate, discount rate and royalty rate. Revenue growth rate and operating profit assumptions are derived from those 
utilized in our operating plan and strategic planning processes. The discount rate assumption is calculated based upon an estimated 
weighted average cost of equity which reflects the overall level of inherent risk and the rate of return a market participant would 
expect to achieve. Methodologies used for valuing our intangible assets did not change from prior periods.  

The cash flow estimates used in applying our impairment tests are based on management’s analysis of information available at the 
time of the impairment test. Actual cash flows lower than the estimate could lead to significant future impairments. If subsequent 
testing indicates that fair values have declined, the carrying values would be reduced and our future statements of income would be 
affected.  

There was no impairment charge in 2012 or 2011 related to intangible assets. During the fourth quarter of 2010 we recorded non-cash 
impairment charges of $22.4 million to reduce the carrying value of our Wood Flooring trademarks to their estimated fair value based 
on the results of our annual impairment test. The remaining carrying value of the Wood Flooring trademarks at December 31, 2012 
and 2011 was $41.8 million and $42.0 million, respectively.  

19 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
We tested the tangible assets within the following reporting units for impairment:  

Reporting Unit 
2011
ABP Americas ........................................................................................................................ X  X
Resilient Flooring – Europe ................................................................................................... X  X
Wood Flooring ....................................................................................................................... X  X

2012 

Based upon the impairment testing, the carrying value of the tangible assets for each of these asset groups was determined to be 
recoverable (except as discussed below) because the related undiscounted cash flows and/or fair value exceeded the carrying value of 
assets.  

During the first quarter of 2012, we made the decision to permanently close a previously idled ceiling tile plant in Mobile, AL. As a 
result, we recorded a $4.6 million impairment charge for the buildings in cost of goods sold. The preliminary fair values were 
determined by management estimates and an independent valuation based on information available at that time (considered Level 2 
inputs in the fair value hierarchy).  

During the third quarter of 2012, we recorded a $17.5 million impairment charge to the value of the cabinets’ assets to reflect the 
expected proceeds from the sale of the cabinets business, which was accounted for as a discontinued operation.  

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we made the decision to permanently close a previously idled engineered wood flooring production 
facility in Statesville, NC. As a result, we recorded a $0.6 million impairment charge for the buildings in cost of goods sold. The 
preliminary fair values were determined by management estimates and an independent valuation based on information available at that 
time (considered Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy).  

We recorded an asset impairment charge of $2.2 million in the third quarter of 2011 in SG&A expense for a European Resilient 
Flooring office building. The fair value was determined by management estimates of market prices based upon information available 
at that time, including offers received from potential buyers of the property (considered Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy).  

The remaining carrying value of tangible assets within the European Resilient Flooring business was $90.6 million as of December 31, 
2012, with land and buildings representing the significant majority. Material uncertainties that could lead to a future material 
impairment charge include the level of European commercial construction and renovation activity.  

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we recorded asset impairment charges of $1.1 million in SG&A expense for two previously 
occupied manufacturing facilities. We have been actively pursuing a sale of both facilities. The fair values were determined by 
management estimates and independent market valuations based on information available at that time. The valuation information 
included sales of similar facilities and estimates of market prices (considered Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy) for these 
assets.  

During the second quarter of 2010, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $2.1 million in SG&A expense for a European 
Resilient Flooring warehouse facility due to the decline in the commercial property sector. The fair value was determined by 
management estimates of market prices available at that time. This data included sales and leases of comparable properties within 
similar real estate markets (considered Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy). We sold the warehouse in the first quarter of 2011.  

During 2010, management decided to exit our corporate flight operations. As a result, we recorded a $6.1 million impairment charge 
in SG&A expense for corporate aircraft in 2010. The fair values were determined by management estimates and an independent 
valuation based on information available at that time. The valuation information included sales of similar equipment and estimates of 
market prices (considered Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy) for these assets. We sold the corporate aircraft in the fourth 
quarter of 2010.  

We cannot predict the occurrence of certain events that might lead to material impairment charges in the future. Such events may 
include, but are not limited to, the impact of economic environments, particularly related to the commercial and residential 
construction industries, material adverse changes in relationships with significant customers, or strategic decisions made in response to 
economic and competitive conditions.  
See Notes 3 and 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  

Income Taxes – Our effective tax rate is primarily determined based on our pre-tax income and the statutory income tax rates in the 
jurisdictions in which we operate. The effective tax rate also reflects the tax impacts of items treated differently for tax purposes than 
for financial reporting purposes. Some of these differences are permanent, such as expenses that are not deductible in our tax returns, 
and some differences are temporary, reversing over time, such as depreciation expense. These temporary differences create deferred 
income tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets are also recorded for operating loss, capital loss, alternative minimum tax 
credit and foreign tax credit carryforwards.  

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized by applying enacted tax rates to temporary differences that exist as of the 
balance sheet date. We reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the available evidence, 

20 

 
  
 
 
 
  
it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. The need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is 
assessed quarterly. In assessing the requirement for, and amount of, a valuation allowance in accordance with the more likely than not 
standard, we give appropriate consideration to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. 
This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of 
future profitability and foreign source income, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and our experience with operating loss 
and tax credit carryforward expirations. A history of cumulative losses is a significant piece of negative evidence used in our 
assessment. If a history of cumulative losses is incurred for a tax jurisdiction, forecasts of future profitability are not used as positive 
evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets in the assessment.  

As of December 31, 2012, we have recorded valuation allowances totaling $205.5 million for various federal, state and foreign 
deferred tax assets. While we have considered future taxable income in assessing the need for the valuation allowances based on our 
best available projections, if these estimates and assumptions change in the future or if actual results differ from our projections, we 
may be required to adjust our valuation allowances accordingly. Such adjustments could be material to our Consolidated Financial 
Statements.  

As further described in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012 
includes net deferred income tax assets of $373 million. Included in this amount are deferred federal income tax assets for foreign tax 
credit carryforwards of $119.1 million, state net operating loss deferred income tax assets of $51.7 million, and foreign net operating 
loss deferred tax assets of $166.9 million. We have established valuation allowances in the amount of $205.5 million consisting of 
$16.0 million for federal capital loss carryovers and statutorily limited operating loss carryovers, $16.2 million for state deferred tax 
assets, primarily operating loss carryovers, and $173.3 million for foreign deferred tax assets, primarily foreign operating loss 
carryovers.  

The federal foreign tax credits carryforwards arose primarily as a result of the payment of intercompany dividends from our foreign 
affiliates from earnings which were previously not considered as permanently reinvested. The state net operating losses arose 
primarily as a result of the amounts paid to the Asbestos PI Trust in 2006.  

Inherent in determining our effective tax rate are judgments regarding business plans and expectations about future operations. These 
judgments include the amount and geographic mix of future taxable income, the amount of foreign source income, limitations on 
usage of net operating loss carryforwards, the impact of ongoing or potential tax audits, earnings repatriation plans, and other future 
tax consequences.  

We estimate we will need to generate future federal taxable income of $340.4 million, including foreign source income of $53 million, 
to fully realize the foreign tax credits before they expire in 2022. We estimate we will need to generate future taxable income of 
approximately $1,230.8 million for state income tax purposes during the respective realization periods in order to fully realize the net 
deferred income tax assets.  

The Internal Revenue Code imposes limitations on a corporation’s ability to utilize federal tax attributes, including foreign tax credits, 
if it experiences an “ownership change.” In general terms, an ownership change may result from transactions increasing the ownership 
of certain stockholders in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. There have been no 
ownership changes as defined in the Internal Revenue Code subsequent to our bankruptcy emergence. Future ownership changes 
could have an impact on our ability to utilize the deferred tax assets.  

We recognize the tax benefits of an uncertain tax position if those benefits are more likely than not to be sustained based on existing 
tax law. Additionally, we establish a reserve for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained based on existing tax law, 
but uncertain in the ultimate benefit to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Unrecognized tax benefits are 
subsequently recognized at the time the more likely than not recognition threshold is met, the tax matter is effectively settled or the 
statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired, whichever is earlier.  

ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS EFFECTIVE IN FUTURE PERIODS  
There were no new accounting pronouncements issued or effective during the fiscal year which have had or are expected to have a 
material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements. For a discussion of new accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our 
Consolidated Financial Statements.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  
Unless otherwise indicated, net sales in these results of operations are reported based upon the location where the sale was made. 
Please refer to Notes 3 and 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of segment operating income to 
consolidated earnings from continuing operations before income taxes and additional financial information related to discontinued 
operations.  

21 

 
  
2012 COMPARED TO 2011  
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

2012

2011

Change is Favorable/
(Unfavorable)

Net sales: 

Americas ............................................................. $ 
Europe .................................................................
Pacific Rim ..........................................................

Total consolidated net sales .......................................... $ 
Operating income .......................................................... $ 

1,873.9 
523.9 
221.1 

2,618.9 
271.2 

$ 

$ 
$ 

1,903.9 
597.3 
221.9 

2,723.1 
239.8 

(1.6)%
(12.3)%
(0.4)%

(3.8)%
13.1%

The decline in consolidated net sales was driven by $93 million of lower volume and $48 million of unfavorable foreign exchange 
impact which were only partially offset with favorable price and mix of $47 million. Sales were also negatively impacted by our sale 
of the Patriot wood flooring distribution business which occurred in the third quarter of 2012 and negatively impacted sales for the full 
year 2012 by $11 million when compared to the prior year.  

Net sales in the Americas decreased driven primarily by volume declines, which were only partially offset by improvements in price 
and mix.  

Excluding unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $39 million, net sales in the European markets decreased 6%, driven by continued 
volume declines which were only partially offset by improvements in price.  

Excluding unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $6 million, net sales in the Pacific Rim increased 2% as improvements in mix were 
partially offset by lower volumes.  

Cost of goods sold was 75.8% of net sales in 2012, compared to 76.2% for the same period in 2011. The decrease of $90 million was 
driven by lower sales in 2012 and manufacturing cost reductions of $30 million. The comparison was impacted by $21 million of costs 
associated with the closure of our Mobile, AL Building Products facility in 2012, $13 million of costs associated with the closure of 
our Beaver Falls, PA Building Products facility in 2011 and $9 million of costs associated with European Flooring cost reduction 
actions taken in 2011.  

SG&A expenses in 2012 were $418.3 million, or 16% of net sales, compared to $454.0 million, or 17% of net sales, in 2011. The 
decreases were primarily due to reductions in core SG&A expense of $32 million.  

Restructuring charges for severance and related costs of $(0.4) million were recorded in 2012, compared to $9.0 million in 2011. See 
Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  

Equity earnings from our WAVE joint venture were $55.9 million in 2012 compared to $54.9 million in 2011. See Note 16 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  

Interest expense was $53.7 million in 2012 compared to $48.5 million in 2011. The increase in interest expense when compared to the 
prior year, was driven by additional borrowings of $250 million under our senior credit facility in March 2012 (see Liquidity section 
for further information).  

Income tax expense was $76.1 million and $81.0 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2012 was 34.5% as 
compared to a rate of 41.8% for 2011. The effective tax rate for 2012 was lower than 2011 primarily due to the release of foreign tax 
credit valuation allowance and changes in mix of geographic income and losses.  

22 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
REPORTABLE SEGMENT RESULTS  
Building Products  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

2012 

2011 

Change is Favorable/ 
(Unfavorable) 

Net sales: 

Americas ............................................................. $ 
Europe .................................................................
Pacific Rim ..........................................................
Total segment net sales ................................................. $ 
Operating income .......................................................... $ 

757.1 
333.6 
128.2 
1,218.9 
230.4 

$ 

$ 
$ 

749.3 
356.8 
131.4 
1,237.5 
226.1 

1.0%
(6.5)%
(2.4)%
(1.5)%
1.9%

The decline in Building Products net sales was driven by $31 million of lower volume due to unfavorable market conditions in key 
geographies and $25 million of unfavorable foreign exchange impact, which were only partially offset with favorable price and mix of 
$37 million.  

Net sales in the Americas increased due to improved price realization and positive mix which more than offset lower volumes.  

Excluding unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $20 million, net sales in the European markets decreased 1%, as improvements in 
price were unable to offset volume declines.  

Excluding unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $4 million, net sales in the Pacific Rim increased 1% as improvements in mix were 
partially offset by lower volumes.  

The increase in operating income was primarily driven by improvements in gross profit, partially offset by an increase in facility 
closure costs. Gross profit increased primarily from the benefits of price and mix of $26 million and reductions in manufacturing and 
input costs of $10 million, which more than offset volume declines of $17 million. Operating income was negatively impacted by $25 
million of severance, impairment, and other charges associated with cost reduction actions in 2012 related to the closure of our 
Mobile, AL facility and European headcount reductions; and $13 million of severance and other charges associated with cost 
reduction actions related to the closure of our Beaver Falls, PA facility in 2011.  

Resilient Flooring  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

Net sales: 

2012 

2011 

Change is Favorable/ 
(Unfavorable) 

Americas ............................................................... $ 
Europe ...................................................................
Pacific Rim ............................................................

Total segment net sales ................................................... $ 
Operating income ............................................................ $ 

656.2 
190.3 
92.9 
939.4 
56.9 

$ 

$ 
$ 

671.3 
240.5 
90.5 
1,002.3 
15.7 

(2.2)%
(20.9)%
2.7%
(6.3)%

Favorable 

The decline in Resilient Flooring net sales was driven by $67 million of lower volume and $23 million of unfavorable foreign 
exchange impact; which were only partially offset with favorable price and mix of $21 million.  

Net sales in the Americas decreased as improvements in mix and price gains were unable to offset volume declines driven by lower 
sales to our national home center channel.  

Excluding unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $20 million, net sales in the European markets decreased 14%, as improvements in 
price were unable to offset market driven volume declines, especially in the public sector.  

Excluding unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $2 million, net sales in the Pacific Rim increased 5% as increased sales in China 
offset market driven sales declines in Australia.  

The increase in operating income was driven by improvements in price and mix of $14 million and reductions in manufacturing and 
input costs and SG&A expenses of $16 million and $23 million, respectively; which more than offset the impact of volume declines of 
$31 million. The comparison was also impacted by $2 million and $21 million of severance, impairment, restructuring and other 
charges associated with our cost reduction actions in the European Flooring business in 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

23 

 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Wood Flooring  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

Total segment net sales .............................................................. $ 
Operating income ....................................................................... $ 

460.6 
37.3 

$ 
$ 

483.3  
43.4  

2012 

2011 

Change is 
(Unfavorable) 

(4.7)%
(14.1)%

The decline in Wood Flooring net sales was driven by lower price and mix of $11 million while the divestiture of our Patriot wood 
flooring distribution business, negatively impacted sales by $11 million when compared to the prior year. Lower sales to our national 
home center channel were offset by increased sales to independent distributors.  

The decrease in operating income was driven by unfavorable price and mix of $14 million, partially offset by improvements in 
manufacturing and input costs of $8 million. The operating income impact of the higher sales volume and Patriot divestiture offset 
each other.  

Unallocated Corporate  
Unallocated corporate expense of $53.4 million increased from $45.4 million in the prior year. 2012 included a $14 million lower 
pension credit as compared to 2011. SG&A reductions only partially offset the impact of the pension credit reduction.  

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY  
Cash Flow  
Operating activities for 2012 provided $220.0 million of cash, compared to $199.7 million of cash provided in 2011. The increase was 
primarily due to higher earnings partially offset by changes in working capital.  

Net cash used for investing activities was $91.9 million for 2012, compared to $9.5 million in 2011. This change was primarily due to 
increased purchases of property, plant and equipment associated with the construction of three manufacturing plants in China and 
decreased distributions from WAVE.  

Net cash used for financing activities was $273.7 million for 2012, compared to $28.8 million during 2011. The increase was 
primarily due to dividend payments of $507.1 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $250.0.  

Liquidity  

Our liquidity needs for operations vary throughout the year. We retain lines of credit to facilitate our seasonal cash flow needs, since 
cash flow is generally lower during the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year. On November 23, 2010, we executed a $1.05 billion 
senior credit facility arranged by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and Barclays Capital. This 
facility consisted of a $250 million revolving credit facility (with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit), a $250 million Term 
Loan A and a $550 million Term Loan B. The facility was secured by U.S. personal property, the capital stock of material U.S. 
subsidiaries and a pledge of 65% of the stock of our material first tier foreign subsidiaries.  

On March 10, 2011, we entered into an amendment pursuant to which the following changes were effected with respect to Term  
Loan B:  

• 

•  

•  

The applicable margin for borrowings under Term Loan B was reduced (i) to 2.00% from 2.50% with respect to base rate 
borrowings, and (ii) to 3.00% from 3.50% with respect to LIBOR borrowings;  
The minimum interest rate for borrowings under Term Loan B was reduced from 1.50% to 1.00%; and  
The maturity date for Term Loan B was extended from May 23, 2017 to March 10, 2018. Until maturity, quarterly 
amortization payments on Term Loan B will continue in an amount equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of 
Term Loan B.  

In connection with the amendment to Term Loan B, we paid a $5.5 million prepayment premium, which represented one percent of 
the principal amount of Term Loan B and which was capitalized and is being amortized into interest expense over the life of the loan. 
We also paid approximately $1.6 million of fees to third parties.  

On March 22, 2012, we again amended our facility. We added $250 million to our existing Term Loan B facility. This amended 
facility is composed of a $250 million revolving credit facility (with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit), a $250 million Term 
Loan A and an $800 million Term Loan B. This $1.3 billion senior credit facility is secured by U.S. personal property, the capital 
stock of material U.S. subsidiaries, and a pledge of 65% of the stock of our material first tier foreign subsidiaries. The only significant 
change to existing terms, conditions and covenants pertained to the consolidated leverage ratio covenant, which is described below.  

24 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
In connection with the additional $250 million Term Loan B borrowings, we paid $8.1 million for bank fees. This amount was 
capitalized and is being amortized into interest expense over the life of the loan.  

The senior credit facility includes two financial covenants that require the ratio of consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, 
depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) to consolidated cash interest expense minus cash consolidated interest income 
(“consolidated interest coverage ratio”) to be greater than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0 and require the ratio of consolidated funded 
indebtedness minus AWI and domestic subsidiary unrestricted cash and cash equivalents up to $100 million to consolidated EBITDA 
(“consolidated leverage ratio”) to be less than or equal to 4.5 to 1.0 through December 31, 2013, 4.0 to 1.0 after December 31, 2013 
through March 31, 2015 and 3.75 to 1.0 after March 31, 2015. We currently believe that default under these covenants is unlikely. 
Fully borrowing under our revolving credit facility would not violate these covenants. During 2012, we were in compliance with all 
covenants of the credit agreement.  

The Revolving Credit and Term Loan A portions are currently priced at a spread of 3.00% over LIBOR and the Term Loan B portion 
(as amended) is priced at 3.00% over LIBOR with a 1.00% LIBOR floor for its entire term. The Term Loan A and Term Loan B were 
both fully drawn and are currently priced on a variable interest rate basis. On March 31, 2011, we entered into two interest rate swaps, 
on our Term Loan A and Term Loan B, with notional amounts of $100 million and $200 million, respectively, which mature in 
November 2015. Under the terms of the Term Loan A swap, we receive 3-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate over the hedged period. 
Under the terms of the Term Loan B swap, we receive the greater of 3-month LIBOR or the 1% LIBOR Floor and pay a fixed rate 
over the hedged period. On March 27, 2012 we entered into an additional interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $250 
million, maturing in March 2018, where we pay a fixed rate of 1.9275% over the hedged period. We also entered into a forward 
starting interest rate swap of $200 million from November 2015 to March 2018, where we pay a fixed rate of 2.810% over the hedged 
period. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges against changes in LIBOR for a portion of our variable rate debt. The unpaid 
balances of Term Loan A, the Revolving Credit and Term Loan B of the credit facility may be prepaid without penalty at the maturity 
of their respective interest reset periods. Any amounts prepaid on the Term Loan A or Term Loan B may not be re-borrowed.  

Under the senior credit facility, beginning December 31, 2013, we are subject to year-end leverage tests that may trigger mandatory 
prepayments. If our consolidated leverage ratio is greater than 2.0 to 1.0, but less than 2.5 to 1.0 as of December 31, 2013, we would 
be required to make a prepayment of 25% of fiscal year Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as defined by the credit agreement. If our 
consolidated leverage ratio is greater than 2.5 to 1.0, the prepayment amount would be 50% of fiscal year Consolidated Excess Cash 
Flow. These annual payments would be made beginning in the first quarter of 2014.  

As of December 31, 2012, we had $336.4 million of cash and cash equivalents, $239.8 million in the U.S. and $96.6 million in various 
foreign jurisdictions.  

Our January 31, 2013 debt rating from S&P was BB- (stable) and from Moody’s was B1 (stable). 

On March 23, 2012, our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend in the amount of $8.55 per share, or $508 million in the 
aggregate, of which $502.9 million was paid on April 10, 2012. Payment of an additional $1.5 million was made during the remainder 
of 2012, and the remaining $3.8 million of the dividend is expected to be made when the underlying shares vest. The dividend was 
funded in part by surplus cash on our balance sheet, and in part by the proceeds of additional debt issued under our Term Loan B.  

On November 23, 2010 our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend in the amount of $13.74 per share, or $803 million in 
the aggregate. The special cash dividend of $798.6 million was paid on December 10, 2010 to shareholders of record as of 
December 3, 2010. Approximately $3 million was paid during 2012 when employee shares and units vested. The unpaid portion of the 
dividend, $1.4 million as of December 31, 2012, will be paid when the underlying shares and units vest. The dividend was funded in 
part by the proceeds of the term loans remaining after repayment of previous debt and in part with existing cash.  

We have a $100 million Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility with the Bank of Nova Scotia. AWI and its subsidiary, 
Armstrong Hardwood Flooring Company, sell their U.S. receivables to Armstrong Receivables Company LLC (“ARC”), a Delaware 
entity that is consolidated in these financial statements. Under the terms of the program, the Bank of Nova Scotia could also issue 
letters of credit at the request of ARC. The purchase and letter of credit commitments under the program are set to expire in December 
2014.  

On December 16, 2010, we issued $35.0 million of Recovery Zone Facility bonds through Jackson County, WV, to finance the 
construction of our new mineral wool plant. These tax exempt bonds are seven day variable rate demand notes backed by a letter of 
credit. These bonds mature in 2041.  

25 

 
On December 31, 2012, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $71.7 million, of which $14.7 million was issued under the 
revolving credit facility, $56.7 million was issued under the securitization facility and $0.3 million was issued by other banks of 
international subsidiaries. Letters of credit are issued to third party suppliers, insurance and financial institutions and typically can 
only be drawn upon in the event of AWI’s failure to pay its obligations to the beneficiary. 

Foreign Financing Arrangements 
Lines of Credit Available for Borrowing .......................................................... $ 
Lines of Credit Available for Letters of Credit .................................................
Total .................................................................................................................. $ 

Limit 

As of December 31, 2012
  Used 

Available 

15.6 

  —    $ 
0.8 
0.8  $ 

1.7  $ 
17.3  $ 

15.6 
0.9 
16.5 

These lines of credit are uncommitted, and poor operating results or credit concerns at the related foreign subsidiaries could result in 
the lines being withdrawn by the lenders. We have historically been able to maintain and, as needed, replace credit facilities to support 
our foreign operations. 

Since 2009, our Board of Directors has approved the construction of five manufacturing plants. These include a U.S. mineral wool 
plant to supply our Building Products plants, mineral fiber ceiling plants in Russia and China, and two flooring plants in China. Total 
capital spending for these projects is currently projected to be approximately $310 million. Through December 31, 2012, we have 
incurred approximately $175 million related to these projects. Capital spending for these projects will be incurred through 2015 with 
the majority of the remaining spending expected to occur in 2013. 

We believe that cash on hand and cash generated from operations, together with lines of credit, availability under our securitization 
program and the availability under our $250 million revolving credit facility, will be adequate to address our foreseeable liquidity 
needs based on current expectations of our business operations, capital expenditures and scheduled payments of debt obligations. 

2011 COMPARED TO 2010  
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

Net sales: 

2011 

2010 

Change is Favorable/ 
(Unfavorable) 

Americas ............................................................................................................. $  1,903.9  $  1,828.1 
600.9 
Europe .................................................................................................................
198.8 
Pacific Rim ..........................................................................................................
Total consolidated net sales .......................................................................................... $  2,723.1  $  2,627.8 
87.5 
Operating income .......................................................................................................... $ 

597.3 
221.9 

239.8  $ 

4.1%
(0.6)%
11.6%
3.6%

Favorable 

Consolidated net sales increased on favorable foreign exchange of approximately $61 million combined with favorable price and mix 
of $87 million, which were partially offset by volume declines of $54 million.  

Net sales in the Americas increased driven by price and mix which overcame volume declines in the Resilient Flooring business.  

Net sales in the European markets remained flat for the year, as favorable foreign exchange impact of $37 million and modest price 
improvements were offset by volume declines largely due to the restructuring of our European flooring business.  

Net sales in the Pacific Rim increased on higher volume and favorable foreign exchange impact of $14 million, which was partially 
offset by less favorable mix.  

Cost of goods sold was 76% of net sales in 2011, compared to 78% for the same period in 2010. The decrease was driven by positive 
pricing actions, reduced manufacturing costs that were partially offset by increases in input costs.  

SG&A expenses in 2011 were $454.0 million, or 17% of net sales, compared to $499.2 million, or 19% of net sales, in 2010. The 
decreases were due to reductions in core SG&A expenses. In addition, 2010 was impacted by $15 million of CEO transition costs, a 
$6 million asset impairment charge related to the termination of our flight operations, a loss of $6 million related to the sale of our 
European metal ceilings contract installation business, a gain of $2 million on the collection of a non-current note receivable, and an 
asset impairment charge of $2 million for a European warehouse facility.  

Restructuring charges for severance and related costs of $9.0 million were recorded in 2011, compared to $22.0 million in 2010. See 
Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  

26 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Equity earnings from our WAVE joint venture were $54.9 million in 2011 compared to $45.0 million in 2010. See Note 11 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  

Interest expense was $48.5 million in 2011 compared to $21.2 million in 2010. The increase was primarily due to the fourth quarter 
2010 debt refinancing which increased outstanding debt balances and interest rates compared to our previous credit facility.  

Income tax expense was $81.0 million and $58.0 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2011 was 41.8% as 
compared to a rate of 79.3% for 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 was lower than 2010 due to the enactment of the federal health 
care reform legislation in March 2010. 

REPORTABLE SEGMENT RESULTS  
Building Products  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

2011 

2010 

Change is Favorable 

Net sales: 

Americas ............................................................. $ 
Europe .................................................................
Pacific Rim ..........................................................
Total segment net sales ................................................. $ 
Operating income .......................................................... $ 

749.3 
356.8 
131.4 
1,237.5 
226.1 

$ 

$ 
$ 

696.0 
324.4 
115.1 
1,135.5 
171.0 

7.7%
10.0%
14.2%
9.0%
32.2%

The increase in Building Products net sales was driven by improved price and mix of $52 million, favorable foreign exchange of $32 
million and higher volume of $18 million.  

Net sales in the Americas increased due to improved price realization, positive mix and volume improvement.  

Net sales in Europe increased on favorable foreign exchange of $20 million combined with positive price and mix, offset partially by 
reduced volume.  

Net sales in the Pacific Rim increased as higher volume and favorable foreign exchange of $7 million were partially offset by less 
favorable mix.  

The improvement in operating income was driven by better price and mix of $53 million, $10 million of higher earnings from WAVE, 
decreased SG&A costs of $7 million and the impact from higher sales volume of $5 million, partially offset by higher manufacturing 
and input costs of $37 million (which included $15 million related to the renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements). 2011 and 
2010 results were each impacted by $13 million of accelerated depreciation, severance and restructuring related costs associated with 
the closure of our Beaver Falls, PA manufacturing facility. 2010 results were also impacted by a loss of $6 million related to the sale 
of our European metal ceilings contract installation business and $8 million of restructuring and severance accruals for headcount 
reductions.  

Resilient Flooring  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

Net sales: 

2011  

2010  

Change is Favorable/ 
(Unfavorable)  

Americas ............................................................. $ 
Europe .................................................................
Pacific Rim ..........................................................

671.3 
240.5 
90.5 

Total segment net sales ................................................. $ 
Operating income .......................................................... $ 

1,002.3 
15.7 

$ 

$ 
$ 

653.0 
276.5 
83.7 

1,013.2 
13.1 

2.8%
(13.0)%
8.1%

(1.1)%
19.8%

The decline in Resilient Flooring net sales was primarily driven by $77 million of lower volume (which included $45 million related 
to the restructuring of our European flooring business) which was mostly offset by $27 million of favorable foreign exchange impact 
and increased price and mix of $39 million.  

Net sales in the Americas increased as mix improvements and price gains more than offset volume declines.  

27 

 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Net sales in Europe decreased primarily due to volume declines related to the restructuring of our European flooring business, which 
included the exit of the residential flooring business, and the simplification of our country and product offerings. Excluding the impact 
of these actions sales were impacted by favorable foreign exchange of $16 million and positive price realization, which were partially 
offset by unfavorable mix.  

Net sales in the Pacific Rim increased on favorable foreign exchange of $7 million combined with higher volume and favorable mix.  

Operating income improved as improved price and mix of $21 million and reductions in SG&A expenses of $14 million offset the 
impact of volume declines of $31 million. 2010 results were impacted by $7 million of costs related to the closure of our Montreal, 
Canada facility and $7 million of income due to laminate duty refunds.  

Operating income includes losses related to European Resilient Flooring as outlined in the table below (dollar amount in millions):  

Resilient Flooring Europe operating loss .............................. $ 

 (29.2)

$ 

2011

2010  
 (36.1) 

The operating losses for Resilient Flooring Europe in 2011 and 2010 included $18 million and $17 million, respectively, for severance 
and restructuring related costs of the European business. In addition to those charges, the losses include fixed asset impairment 
charges of $2 million recorded in both 2011 and 2010.  

Wood Flooring  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

Total segment net sales ...................................................... $ 
Operating income ............................................................... $ 

483.3 
43.4 

$ 
$ 

479.1 
(45.8)

0.9%

Favorable 

2011

2010

Change is Favorable

Net sales increased as higher volume of $4 million and favorable foreign exchange of approximately $2 million, were partially offset 
by unfavorable price and mix of $2 million.  

Operating income increased primarily due to reduced manufacturing and input costs of $35 million due to the closure of two 
manufacturing facilities in 2010 as well as lower SG&A costs of $17 million, which were somewhat offset by unfavorable mix of $5 
million. Additionally, operating income in 2010 was negatively impacted by $16 million of fixed asset write downs and restructuring 
charges related to the closure of two manufacturing facilities and $22 million of non-cash impairment charges related to our Wood 
Flooring trademarks.  

Unallocated Corporate  
Unallocated corporate expense of $45 million decreased from $51 million in 2010. 2011 included a $25 million lower pension credit 
as compared to 2010. In addition, 2010 included $15 million for CEO transition costs, $6 million of asset impairment charges related 
to the termination of our flight operations, $4 million of restructuring charges, and a gain of $2 million on the collection of a non-
current note receivable. After consideration of these items, corporate expenses declined in 2011 due to lower core spending and 
reduced headcount.  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS  
No disclosures are required pursuant to Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K.  

28 

 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS  
As part of our normal operations, we enter into numerous contractual obligations that require specific payments during the term of the 
various agreements. The following table includes amounts ongoing under contractual obligations existing as of December 31, 2012. 
Only known payments that are dependent solely on the passage of time are included. Obligations under contracts that contain 
minimum payment amounts are shown at the minimum payment amount. Contracts that have variable payment structures without 
minimum payments are excluded. Purchase orders that are entered into in the normal course of business are also excluded because 
they are generally cancelable and not legally binding. Amounts are presented below based upon the currently scheduled payment 
terms. Actual future payments may differ from the amounts presented below due to changes in payment terms or events affecting the 
payments.  

(dollar amounts in millions) 
Long-term debt ........................................................... $ 
Scheduled interest payments (1) ....................................
Operating lease obligations, net of sublease  

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017  

Thereafter

Total

33.0  $ 
48.2 

45.5  $  183.0  $ 
46.7 

45.8 

8.0  $ 
38.5 

8.1  $ 
39.9 

793.4  $  1,071.0 
266.8 

47.7 

income (2) .................................................................
Unconditional purchase obligations (3) .........................
Pension contributions (4) ..............................................
Other obligations (5), (6) ..................................................
Total contractual obligations ....................................... $  146.7  $  111.8  $  239.9  $  49.9  $  49.1  $ 

4.7 
6.4 
  —   
  —   

5.6 
13.8 
  —   
0.2 

1.0 
0.1 
  —   
  —   

2.2 
1.2 
  —   
  —   

6.9 
37.9 
19.3 
1.4 

3.1 
—   
—   
—   

23.5 
59.4 
19.3 
1.6 
844.2  $  1,441.6 

(1)  

(2)  

For debt with variable interest rates and interest rate swaps, we projected future interest payments based on market-based 
interest rate swap curves.  
Lease obligations include the minimum payments due under existing agreements with non-cancelable lease terms in excess of 
one year.  

(3)   Unconditional purchase obligations include (a) purchase contracts whereby we must make guaranteed minimum payments of a 

specified amount regardless of how little material is actually purchased (“take or pay” contracts) and (b) service agreements. 
Unconditional purchase obligations exclude contracts entered into during the normal course of business that are non-cancelable 
and have fixed per unit fees, but where the monthly commitment varies based upon usage. Cellular phone contracts are an 
example.  
Pension contributions include estimated contributions for our defined benefit pension plans. We are not presenting estimated 
payments in the table above beyond 2013 as funding can vary significantly from year to year based upon changes in the fair 
value of plan assets, funding regulations and actuarial assumptions.  

(4)  

(5)   Other obligations include payments under severance agreements.  
(6)   Other obligations, does not include $138.4 million of liabilities under ASC 740 “Income Taxes.” Due to the uncertainty relating 
to these positions, we are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate amount or timing of the settlement of these issues. See Note 
17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.  

This table excludes obligations related to postretirement benefits (retiree health care and life insurance) since we voluntarily provide 
these benefits. The amount of benefit payments we made in 2012 was $22.0 million. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information regarding future expected cash payments for postretirement benefits.  

We have issued financial guarantees to assure payment on behalf of our subsidiaries in the event of default on various debt and lease 
obligations in the table above. We have not issued any guarantees on behalf of joint-venture or unrelated businesses.  

We are party to supply agreements, some of which require the purchase of inventory remaining at the supplier upon termination of the 
agreement. The last such agreement will expire in 2013. Had these agreements terminated at December 31, 2012, Armstrong would 
have been obligated to purchase approximately $14.1 million of inventory. Historically, due to production planning, we have not had 
to purchase material amounts of product at the end of similar contracts. Accordingly, no liability has been recorded for these 
guarantees.  

We utilize lines of credit and other commercial commitments in order to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet operating 
requirements. Letters of credit are issued to third-party suppliers, insurance and financial institutions and typically can only be drawn 
upon in the event of our failure to pay our obligations to the beneficiary. This table summarizes the commitments we have available in 
the U.S. for use as of December 31, 2012. Letters of credit are currently arranged through our revolving credit facility or our 
securitization facility.  

Other Commercial 
Commitments 
(dollar amounts in millions) 
Letters of credit ......................................................................................................... $ 

Total 
Amounts 
Committed 

Less 
Than 1 
Year  
71.7  $  71.7 

1 – 3 
Years 
  —   

4 – 5
Years 
  —   

Over 5
Years 
  —   

29 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
In addition, our foreign subsidiaries had available lines of credit totaling $17.3 million of which $1.7 million was available only for 
letters of credit and guarantees. There were $0.8 million of letters of credit and guarantees issued under these credit lines as of 
December 31, 2012, leaving an additional letter of credit availability of $0.9 million. There were no borrowings under these lines of 
credit as of December 31, 2012 leaving $15.6 million of unused lines of credit available for foreign borrowings.  

On December 31, 2012, we had a $250 million revolving credit facility with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit, of which 
$14.7 million was outstanding. There were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Availability under this facility totaled 
$253.5 million as of December 31, 2012. We also have the $100 million securitization facility which as of December 31, 2012 had 
letters of credit outstanding of $56.7 million and no borrowings against it. Maximum capacity under this facility was $59.8 million (of 
which $3.1 million was available), subject to accounts receivable balances and other collateral adjustments.  

In connection with our disposition of certain assets through a variety of unrelated transactions, we have entered into contracts that 
included various indemnity provisions, some of which are customary for such transactions, while others hold the acquirer of the assets 
harmless with respect to liabilities relating to such matters as taxes, environmental and other litigation. Some of these provisions 
include exposure limits, but many do not. Due to the nature of the indemnities, it is not possible to estimate the potential maximum 
exposure under these contractual provisions. For contracts under which an indemnity claim has been received, a liability of $3.6 
million has been recorded as of December 31, 2012, which is included in environmental liabilities as disclosed in Note 31 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.  

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  
Market Risk  
We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices that could impact 
our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. We use forward swaps and option contracts to hedge these exposures. 
Forward swap and option contracts are entered into for periods consistent with underlying exposure and do not constitute positions 
independent of those exposures. We use derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading 
purposes. In addition, derivative financial instruments are entered into with a diversified group of major financial institutions in order 
to manage our exposure to potential nonperformance on such instruments. We regularly monitor developments in the capital markets.  

Counterparty Risk  
We only enter into derivative transactions with established counterparties having a credit rating of BBB or better. We monitor 
counterparty credit default swap levels and credit ratings on a regular basis. All of our derivative transactions with counterparties are 
governed by master International Swap and Derivatives Association agreements (“ISDAs”) with netting arrangements. These 
agreements can limit our exposure in situations where we have gain and loss positions outstanding with a single counterparty. We do 
not post nor receive cash collateral with any counterparty for our derivative transactions. As of December 31, 2012 we had no cash 
collateral posted or received for any of our derivative transactions. These ISDAs do not contain any credit contingent features other 
than those contained in our bank credit facility. Exposure to individual counterparties is controlled, and thus we consider the risk of 
counterparty default to be negligible.  

Interest Rate Sensitivity  
We are subject to interest rate variability on our Term Loan A, Term Loan B, revolving credit facility and other borrowings. A 
hypothetical increase of one-quarter percentage point in LIBOR interest rates from December 31, 2012 levels would increase 2013 
interest expense by approximately $0.4 million. A significant portion of our debt has a 1% LIBOR floor which would not be affected 
by a one-quarter percentage point move in LIBOR given the current interest rate environment. We also have $550 million of interest 
rate swaps outstanding, which fix a portion of our debt. The effects of the interest rate swaps are included in this calculation.  

As of December 31, 2012, we had interest rate swaps outstanding on Term Loan A and on Term Loan B, with notional amounts of 
$100 million and $450 million, respectively. We utilize interest rate swaps to minimize the fluctuations in earnings caused by interest 
rate volatility. Interest expense on variable-rate liabilities increases or decreases as a result of interest rate fluctuations. Under the 
terms of Term Loan A swap, we receive 3-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate over the hedged period. Under the terms of the Term 
Loan B swaps, we received the greater of 3-month LIBOR or the 1% LIBOR Floor and pay a fixed rate over the hedged period. The 
Term Loan A swap of $100 million, under the terms of which we pay a fixed rate of 2.3030% over the hedged period, matures in 
November 2015. The first Term Loan B swap of $200 million, under the terms of which we pay a fixed rate of 2.5525% over the 
hedged period, also matures in November 2015. On March 27, 2012, we extended this swap by entering into a forward starting swap 
of $200 million from November 2015 to March 2018, under the terms of which we pay a fixed rate of 2.8105% over the hedged 
period. On March 27, 2012, we also entered into the second Term Loan B swap of $250 million, under the terms of which we pay a 
fixed rate of 1.9275% over the hedged period, which matures in March 2018. This second Term Loan B swap is used to hedge the 
additional $250 million of debt added to our Term Loan B facility on March 22, 2012.  

30 

 
These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges against changes in LIBOR for a portion of our variable rate debt. The mark-to-market 
loss was $25.7 million at December 31, 2012.  

The table below provides information about our long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2012, including payment requirements 
and related weighted-average interest rates by scheduled maturity dates. Weighted average variable rates are based on implied forward 
rates in the yield curve and are exclusive of our interest rate swaps.  

Scheduled maturity date 
(dollar amounts in millions) 
Variable rate .....................................................
Avg. interest rate ..............................................

2013  
$  33.0 

2014  
$  45.5 

2015  
$  183.0 

3.48%

3.51%

3.67%

2016  
8.0 
4.15%

$ 

2017  
8.1  
4.67%

$ 

After
2017  
$  793.4 

Total  
$  1,071.0 

5.19%

4.80%

Exchange Rate Sensitivity  
We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, are exposed to movements in 
foreign currency exchange rates. To a large extent, our global manufacturing and sales provide a natural hedge of foreign currency 
exchange rate movement. We use foreign currency forward exchange contracts to reduce our remaining exposure. At December 31, 
2012, our major, pre-hedging foreign currency exposures are to the Canadian Dollar, Australian Dollar, and Euro. A 10% 
strengthening of all currencies against the U.S. dollar compared to December 31, 2012 levels would increase our 2013 earnings before 
income taxes by approximately $5 million, including the impact of current foreign currency forward exchange contracts.  

We also use foreign currency forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures created by cross-currency intercompany loans.  

The table below details our outstanding currency instruments as of December 31, 2012.  

On balance sheet foreign exchange related derivatives 
(dollar amounts in millions) 
Notional amounts ........................................................................................ $ 
Liabilities at fair value ................................................................................

Maturing 
in 2013  

Maturing 
in 2014  

104.7  $ 
(1.6)

25.0   $ 
(0.2)   

Total  
129.7 
(1.8)

Natural Gas Price Sensitivity  
We purchase natural gas for use in the manufacture of ceiling tiles and other products, as well as to heat many of our facilities. As a 
result, we are exposed to fluctuations in the price of natural gas. We have a policy of reducing North American natural gas volatility 
through derivative instruments, including forward swap contracts, purchased call options and zero-cost collars. As of December 31, 
2012, we had contracts to hedge approximately $21.5 million (notional amounts) of natural gas. All of these contracts mature by 
December 2013. A 10% increase in North American natural gas prices compared to December 31, 2012 prices would increase our 
2013 expenses by approximately $1 million including the impact of current hedging contracts. At December 31, 2012 we had recorded 
liabilities of $2.7 million related to these contracts.  

31 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Quarterly Financial Information for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (Unaudited)  

The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..........................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 .....
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 ..................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 ......................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 ..............................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...................................................................................................................................
Schedule II for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 ..........................................................................................

43 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
  107 

32 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries  
Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)  
(dollar amounts in millions, except for per share data)  

2012 

2011 

Net Sales ......................................................................................... $ 
Gross profit .....................................................................................
Earnings from continuing operations ..............................................
Per share of common stock: ..................................................

Basic ............................................................................ $ 
Diluted ......................................................................... $ 
Price range of common stock—high ..................................... $ 
Price range of common stock—low ...................................... $ 
Dividend paid per share ......................................................... $ 

Net Sales ......................................................................................... $ 
Gross profit .....................................................................................
Earnings from continuing operations ..............................................
Per share of common stock: ..................................................

Basic ............................................................................ $ 
Diluted ......................................................................... $ 
Price range of common stock—high ..................................... $ 
Price range of common stock—low ...................................... $ 
Dividend paid per share .........................................................

First

Second  

Third  

Fourth

636.0  $ 
140.0 
19.0 

0.32  $ 
0.32  $ 
59.78  $ 
44.60  $ 
8.55 

652.6  $ 
155.4 
14.0 

0.24  $ 
0.24  $ 
47.53  $ 
39.41  $ 
—   

675.4   $ 
170.6    
42.2    

0.71   $ 
0.71   $ 
49.97   $ 
42.57   $ 
—      

713.3   $ 
177.7    
37.4    

0.63   $ 
0.63   $ 
48.37   $ 
42.50   $ 
—      

694.7  $ 
186.9 
74.0 

1.25  $ 
1.24  $ 
50.00  $ 
38.08  $ 
—   

734.2  $ 
189.1 
51.6 

0.88  $ 
0.88  $ 
48.68  $ 
32.47  $ 
—   

612.8 
135.7 
9.2 

0.15 
0.15 
54.98 
45.83 
—   

623.0 
125.7 
9.8 

0.16 
0.16 
45.96 
32.82 
—   

Note: The net sales and gross profit amounts reported above are reported on a continuing operations basis. The sum of the quarterly 
earnings per share data may not equal the total year amounts due to changes in the average shares outstanding and, for diluted data, the 
exclusion of the anti-dilutive effect in certain quarters.  
Fourth Quarter 2012 Compared With Fourth Quarter 2011 – Continuing Operations  
Net sales of $612.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 decreased from net sales of $623.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2011. 
Excluding the unfavorable effects of foreign exchange rates of approximately $4 million, the decrease in sales was due to the 
divestiture of our Patriot wood flooring distribution business which negatively impacted sales by $7 million. Net sales decreased $1 
million in the Americas. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange of $4 million, net sales in Europe declined by $8 
million or 6%. Pacific Rim sales increased $3 million or 5%.  

Building Products net sales increased by $3 million or 1%, due to better price realization and favorable mix. Resilient Flooring net 
sales decreased by $10 million or 4%, primarily due to lower volumes in Europe and the Americas. Wood Flooring net sales decreased 
$4 million or 3% as higher sales volume was offset by the impact of the divestiture of our Patriot wood flooring distribution business.  

For the fourth quarter of 2012, cost of goods sold was 78% of net sales, compared to 80% in 2011. The decrease was primarily due to 
2011 costs related to the renegotiation of collective bargaining agreements.  

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses for the fourth quarter of 2012 were $105.7 million, or 17% of net sales 
compared to $111.3 million, or 18% of net sales, for the fourth quarter of 2011. Reductions in SG&A expenses in 2011 were primarily 
due to lower core spending and reduced headcount.  

Equity earnings in the fourth quarter of 2012 and 2011 were $11.9 million and $10.5 million, respectively.  

Operating income of $42.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared to $23.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 primarily 
resulted from the items discussed above.  

Interest expense was $14.0 million compared to $10.9 million in 2011 due to additional borrowings of $250 million in March 2012.  

Income tax expense for the fourth quarter of 2012 was $20.5 million on pre-tax income of $29.7 million versus a tax expense of $3.7 
million on a pre-tax income of $13.6 million in 2011. The effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2012 was higher primarily due to 
foreign tax credit benefits recorded in 2011. Unbenefitted foreign losses negatively impacted both periods.  

33 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our internal control over financial 
reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation and the criteria in the 
COSO framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 
2012.  

KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited our internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2012. Their audit report can be found on page 44.  

/s/ Matthew J. Espe 
Matthew J. Espe 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Thomas B. Mangas 
Thomas B. Mangas 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Stephen F. McNamara 
Stephen F. McNamara 
Vice President and Corporate Controller 

February 27, 2013  

34 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:  

We have audited Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the 
accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over 
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness 
of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in 
the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of earnings 
and comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our 
report dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  
February 27, 2013  

35 

 
  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

The Board of Directors and Shareholders  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries (“the 
Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive income, equity 
and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. In connection with our audits of the 
consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule as listed in the accompanying index on page 
40. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our 
audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as 
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash 
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial 
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report 
dated February 27, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting.  

/s/ KPMG LLP  
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  
February 27, 2013  

36 

 
  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries  
Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Comprehensive Income  
(amounts in millions, except per share data)  

Net sales .................................................................................................................................. $ 
Cost of goods sold ...................................................................................................................
Gross profit .............................................................................................................................
Selling, general and administrative expenses ..........................................................................
Intangible asset impairment ....................................................................................................
Restructuring charges, net .......................................................................................................
Equity earnings from joint venture .........................................................................................
Operating income ....................................................................................................................
Interest expense .......................................................................................................................
Other non-operating expense ..................................................................................................
Other non-operating (income) .................................................................................................
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes .....................................................
Income tax expense .................................................................................................................
Earnings from continuing operations ......................................................................................
Net (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit of ($7.1), ($0.2) and ($2.3) ........
Loss on sale of discontinued business, net of tax benefit of ($0.6), ($—) and ($—) ..............
Net loss from discontinued operations ....................................................................................
Net earnings ............................................................................................................................ $ 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax: 

Foreign currency translation adjustments ......................................................................
Derivative (loss) income ...............................................................................................
Pension and postretirement adjustments ........................................................................
Non-controlling interest purchase .................................................................................
Total other comprehensive (loss) ..................................................................................
Total comprehensive income (loss) ........................................................................................ $ 

Years Ended December 31,

2012  
2,618.9   $ 
1,985.7    
633.2    
418.3    
—      
(0.4)
(55.9)
271.2    
53.7    
0.5    
(3.5)
220.5    
76.1    
144.4    
(12.2)
(0.9)
(13.1)
131.3   $ 

7.0    
(5.2)
(58.2)
—      
(56.4)
74.9   $ 

2011
2,723.1  $ 
2,075.2 
647.9 
454.0 
—   
9.0 
(54.9)
239.8 
48.5 
1.3 
(3.8)
193.8 
81.0 
112.8 
(0.4)
—   
(0.4)
112.4  $ 

(1.6)
(9.0)
(78.7)
—   
(89.3)
23.1 

($ 

Earnings per share of common stock, continuing operations:

Basic .............................................................................................................................. $ 
Diluted ........................................................................................................................... $ 

2.43   $ 
2.41   $ 

1.92  $ 
1.91  $ 

($ 
($ 

0.22)
0.22)

($ 
($ 

0.01)
0.01)

($ 
($ 

2.21   $ 
2.19   $ 

58.9    
59.5    
8.55    

1.91  $ 
1.90  $ 

58.3 
58.8 
—    $ 

(Loss) per share of common stock, discontinued operations:

Basic ..............................................................................................................................
Diluted ...........................................................................................................................

Net earnings per share of common stock: 

Basic .............................................................................................................................. $ 
Diluted ........................................................................................................................... $ 

Average number of common shares outstanding: 

Basic ..............................................................................................................................
Diluted ...........................................................................................................................
Dividend declared per common share ..................................................................................... $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 50.  

37 

2010
2,627.8 
2,041.7 
586.1 
499.2 
22.4 
22.0 
(45.0)
87.5 
21.2 
1.2 
(8.0)
73.1 
58.0 
15.1 
(4.1)
—   
(4.1)
11.0 

(0.3)
0.5 
(29.2)
1.1 
(27.9)
16.9)

0.26 
0.26 

0.07)
0.07)

0.19 
0.19 

57.7 
58.2 
13.74 

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries  
Consolidated Balance Sheets  
(amounts in millions, except share data)  

Current assets: 

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................................................ $ 
Accounts and notes receivable, net...................................................................................................
Inventories, net .................................................................................................................................
Current assets of discontinued operations ........................................................................................
Deferred income taxes ......................................................................................................................
Income tax receivable .......................................................................................................................
Other current assets ..........................................................................................................................
Total current assets .................................................................................................................
Property, plant, and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization of $583.8 and $498.8, 
respectively ...........................................................................................................................................
Prepaid pension costs .................................................................................................................................
Investment in joint venture ........................................................................................................................
Intangible assets, net ..................................................................................................................................
Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations ............................................................................................
Restricted cash ...........................................................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes ...............................................................................................................................
Other noncurrent assets ..............................................................................................................................

Total assets .............................................................................................................................. $ 

Current liabilities: 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Short-term debt .................................................................................................................................
Current installments of long-term debt ............................................................................................. $ 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ..........................................................................................
Liabilities of discontinued operations...............................................................................................
Income tax payable ...........................................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes ......................................................................................................................
Total current liabilities ............................................................................................................
Long-term debt, less current installments ..................................................................................................
Postretirement benefit liabilities ................................................................................................................
Pension benefit liabilities ...........................................................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities ..........................................................................................................................
Income taxes payable .................................................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes ...............................................................................................................................
Total noncurrent liabilities ......................................................................................................

Shareholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized 200 million shares; issued 58,934,050 

shares in 2012 and 58,424,691 shares in 2011 .............................................................................
Capital in excess of par value ...........................................................................................................
Retained earnings .............................................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) .........................................................................................
Total shareholders’ equity .......................................................................................................
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity ................................................................................ $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 50.  

December 31, 
2012  

December 31, 
2011  

336.4  $ 
204.6 
369.8 
—   
49.9 
16.9 
42.3 
1,019.9 

1,005.0 
39.6 
133.5 
527.7 
—   
—   
35.1 
93.5 
2,854.3  $ 

—    $ 
33.0 
346.3 
—   
4.1 
1.3 
384.7 
1,038.0 
248.5 
247.9 
86.6 
63.3 
66.2 
1,750.5 

0.6 
1,076.8 
113.1 
(471.4)
719.1 
2,854.3  $ 

480.6 
221.4 
376.1 
24.4 
45.3 
23.4 
38.1 
1,209.3 

887.9 
58.0 
141.0 
541.6 
18.7 
1.5 
46.4 
90.3 
2,994.7 

2.0 
18.1 
353.3 
6.4 
4.0 
2.4 
386.2 
822.9 
272.2 
206.7 
78.8 
36.7 
61.0 
1,478.3 

0.6 
1,467.5 
77.1 
(415.0)
1,130.2 
2,994.7 

38 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries  
Consolidated Statements of Equity  
(amounts in millions)  

Common Stock  

Shares  

Amount

Additional 
Paid-In
Capital

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit)

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
(Loss)

Non-Controlling
Interest

Total

Balance December 31, 

2009 ..............................
Stock issuance, net ............
Share-based employee 

compensation ...............
Net earnings ......................
Dividends declared ...........
Dividends declared in 
excess of retained 
earnings ........................

Other comprehensive  

loss ...............................

Non-controlling interest 

purchase .......................

Balance December 31, 

2010 ..............................
Stock issuance, net ............
Share-based employee 

compensation ...............
Net earnings ......................
Other comprehensive  

loss ...............................

Balance December 31, 

2011 ..............................
Stock issuance, net ............
Share-based employee 

compensation ...............
Net earnings ......................
Dividends declared ...........
Dividends declared in 
excess of retained 
earnings ........................

Other comprehensive  

loss ...............................

Balance December 31, 

  57,433,503  $ 

0.6  $  2,052.1  $ 

144.4 

($ 

297.8) $ 

8.6  $  1,907.9 

637,304 

11.0 
(190.7)

14.7 

(612.1)

(3.5)

14.7 
11.0 
(190.7)

(612.1)

(27.9)

(12.1)

(27.9)

(8.6)

  58,070,807  $ 

0.6  $  1,451.2 

($ 

35.3)

($ 

325.7)

—    $  1,090.8 

353,884 

16.3 

112.4 

(89.3)

16.3 
112.4 

(89.3)

  58,424,691  $ 

0.6  $  1,467.5  $ 

77.1 

($ 

415.0)

—    $  1,130.2 

509,359 

131.3 
(95.3)

22.2 

(412.9)

(56.4)

22.2 
131.3 
(95.3)

(412.9)

(56.4)

2012 ..............................

  58,934,050  $ 

0.6  $  1,076.8  $ 

113.1 

($ 

471.4)

—    $ 

719.1 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 50  

39 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
(amounts in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net earnings ............................................................................................................................. $ 
Adjustments to reconcile earnings to net cash provided by operating activities: ....................
Depreciation and amortization .......................................................................................
Fixed asset impairment ..................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes ...................................................................................................
Share-based compensation .............................................................................................
Impairment on assets of discontinued operations ..........................................................
Equity earnings from joint venture ................................................................................
U.S. pension credit .........................................................................................................
Restructuring charges, net ..............................................................................................
Restructuring payments .................................................................................................
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: .............................................................................
Receivables ....................................................................................................................
Inventories .....................................................................................................................
Other current assets ........................................................................................................
Other noncurrent assets ..................................................................................................
Accounts payable and accrued expenses .......................................................................
Income taxes payable .....................................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities ..............................................................................................
Other, net .......................................................................................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities .........................................................................................
Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property, plant and equipment ............................................................................
Divestiture (Acquisition) .........................................................................................................
Restricted cash .........................................................................................................................
Return of investment from joint venture .................................................................................
Proceeds from noncurrent note receivable ..............................................................................
Proceeds from (payment of) company owned life insurance, net ............................................
Proceeds from the sale of assets ..............................................................................................
Net cash (used for) investing activities .............................................................................................
Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from revolving credit facility and other debt ............................................................
Payments on revolving credit facility and other debt ..............................................................
Proceeds from long-term debt .................................................................................................
Payments of long-term debt.....................................................................................................
Financing costs ........................................................................................................................
Special dividends paid .............................................................................................................
Proceeds from exercised stock options ....................................................................................
Proceeds from company owned life insurance loans, net ........................................................
Purchase of non-controlling interest ........................................................................................
Net cash (used for) financing activities .............................................................................................
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents .........................................................
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents .......................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ................................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year .......................................................................................... $ 
Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures: 

Interest paid ............................................................................................................................. $ 
Income taxes paid, net .............................................................................................................
Amounts in accounts payable for capital expenditures ...........................................................

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page 50.  

40 

Years Ended December 31,

2012  

2011

2010

131.3   $ 

112.4  $ 

11.0 

112.7    
5.7    
26.5    
15.6    
17.5    
(55.9)
(12.2)
(0.4)
(2.8)

8.8    
(0.6)
(10.4)

3.7    

(23.6)
33.4    
(27.9)
(1.4)
220.0    

(198.8)

24.6    
1.5    
63.5    
—      
0.7    
16.6    
(91.9)

—      
(2.0)
250.0    
(20.0)
(8.1)
(507.1)

12.2    
1.3    
—      

(273.7)

1.4    

(144.2)
480.6    
336.4   $ 

113.8 
3.3 
62.7 
11.1 
—   
(54.9)
(26.0)
9.0 
(20.0)

(2.0)
9.2 
0.7 
(15.5)
11.4 
(1.8)
(15.1)
1.4 
199.7 

(150.6)
(4.2)
28.5 
102.4 
—   
8.9 
5.5 
(9.5)

143.3 
30.6 
21.3 
5.0 
—   
(45.0)
(50.9)
22.0 
(7.5)

(2.9)
41.2 
19.2 
(24.0)
10.8 
25.9 
(7.9)
(0.3)
191.8 

(92.7)
(0.6)
(30.0)
51.0 
5.5 
(1.4)
25.8 
(42.4)

2.2 
(25.0)
—   
(9.1)
(7.9)
(0.3)
7.7 
3.6 
—   
(28.8)
3.4 
164.8 
315.8 
480.6  $ 

50.0 
(25.1)
839.3 
(462.1)
(18.0)
(798.6)
13.3 
—   
(7.8)
(409.0)
5.9 
(253.7)
569.5 
315.8 

47.0   $ 
8.4    
25.9    

40.5  $ 
19.9 
11.0 

11.3 
8.5 
—   

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND CHAPTER 11 REORGANIZATION  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (“AWI”) is a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in 1891. When we refer to “we,” “our” and 
“us” in these notes, we are referring to AWI and its subsidiaries. We use the term “AWI” when we are referring solely to Armstrong 
World Industries, Inc.  

In December 2000, AWI filed a voluntary petition for relief (the “Filing”) under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the 
“Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) in order to use the 
court-supervised reorganization process to achieve a resolution of AWI’s asbestos-related liability. On October 2, 2006, AWI’s court-
approved plan of reorganization (“POR”) became effective and AWI emerged from Chapter 11. All claims in AWI’s Chapter 11 case 
have been resolved and closed.  

On October 2, 2006, the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust (“Asbestos PI Trust”) was 
created to address AWI’s personal injury (including wrongful death) asbestos-related liability. All present and future asbestos-related 
personal injury claims against AWI, including contribution claims of co-defendants but excluding certain foreign claims against 
subsidiaries, arising directly or indirectly out of AWI’s pre-Filing use of, or other activities involving, asbestos are channeled to the 
Asbestos PI Trust.  

In August 2009, Armor TPG Holdings LLC (“TPG”) and the Asbestos PI Trust entered into agreements whereby TPG purchased 
7,000,000 shares of AWI common stock from the Asbestos PI Trust and acquired an economic interest in an additional 1,039,777 
shares from the Asbestos PI Trust. The Asbestos PI Trust and TPG together hold more than 50% of AWI’s outstanding shares and 
have a shareholders’ agreement, pursuant to which they agree to vote their shares together on certain matters. During the fourth 
quarter of 2012, the Asbestos PI Trust and TPG together sold 5,980,000 of their shares in a secondary public offering. The Company 
itself did not sell any shares and did not receive any proceeds from the offering, and the total number of common shares outstanding 
did not change as a result of the offering.  

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  
Consolidation Policy. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying data in this report include the accounts of AWI and its 
majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated financial 
statements.  

Use of Estimates. We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which 
requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets, 
liabilities, revenues and expenses. When preparing an estimate, management determines the amount based upon the consideration of 
relevant information. Management may confer with outside parties, including outside counsel. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates.  

Reclassifications. Certain amounts in the prior year’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto have been recast to 
conform to the 2012 presentation.  

The December 31, 2011 consolidated statement of cash flows has been revised to reflect a reclassification of $12.5 million from 
operating activities to investing activities ($8.9 million) and to financing activities ($3.6 million). The December 31, 2010 
consolidated statement of cash flows has been revised to reflect a reclassification of $1.4 million from operating activities to investing 
activities. The revisions are related to the correction of the classification of premium payments on company-owned life insurance 
policies, proceeds received on those policies and loans under those policies. This revision did not affect the consolidated statement of 
earnings and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2010.  

Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue from the sale of products when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and 
risk of loss transfers to the customers, prices are fixed and determinable, and it is reasonably assured the related accounts receivable is 
collectible. Our sales terms primarily are FOB shipping point. We have some sales terms that are FOB destination. Our products are 
sold with normal and customary return provisions. Sales discounts are deducted immediately from the sales invoice. Provisions, which 
are recorded as a reduction of revenue, are made for the estimated cost of rebates, promotional programs and warranties. We defer 
recognizing revenue if special sales agreements, established at the time of sale, warrant this treatment.  
Sales Incentives. Sales incentives are reflected as a reduction of net sales.  

Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling costs are reflected in cost of goods sold.  

Advertising Costs. We recognize advertising expenses as they are incurred.  

41 

 
Research and Development Costs. We recognize research and development costs as they are incurred.  

Pension and Postretirement Benefits. We have benefit plans that provide for pension, medical and life insurance benefits to certain 
eligible employees when they retire from active service. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures on 
pension and postretirement benefits.  

Taxes. The provision for income taxes has been determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes to 
reflect the expected future tax consequences of events recognized in the financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
are recognized by applying enacted tax rates to temporary differences that exist as of the balance sheet date which result from 
differences in the timing of reported taxable income between tax and financial reporting.  

We reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely 
than not that such assets will not be realized. The need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is assessed quarterly. 
In assessing the requirement for, and amount of, a valuation allowance in accordance with the more likely than not standard, we give 
appropriate consideration to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment 
considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of future profitability 
and foreign source income, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and our experience with operating loss and tax credit 
carryforward expirations. A history of cumulative losses is a significant piece of negative evidence used in our assessment. If a history 
of cumulative losses is incurred for a tax jurisdiction, forecasts of future profitability are not used as positive evidence related to the 
realization of the deferred tax assets in the assessment.  

We recognize the tax benefits of an uncertain tax position if those benefits are more likely than not to be sustained based on existing 
tax law. Additionally, we establish a reserve for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained based on existing tax law, 
but uncertain in the ultimate benefit to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Unrecognized tax benefits are 
subsequently recognized at the time the more likely than not recognition threshold is met, the tax matter is effectively settled or the 
statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired, whichever is earlier.  

Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are reported on a net basis.  

Earnings per Common Share. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the earnings from continuing operations attributable to 
common shares by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per 
common share reflects the potential dilution of securities that could share in the earnings.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and short-term investments that have maturities of three 
months or less when purchased.  

Concentration of Credit. We principally sell products to customers in the building products industries in various geographic regions. 
No one customer accounted for 10% or more of our total consolidated net sales in the years 2012, 2011, and 2010. We monitor the 
creditworthiness of our customers and generally do not require collateral.  

Receivables. We sell the vast majority of our products to select, pre-approved customers using customary trade terms that allow for 
payment in the future. Customer trade receivables, customer notes receivable and miscellaneous receivables (which include supply 
related rebates and claims to be received, unpaid insurance claims from litigation and other), net of allowances for doubtful accounts, 
customer credits and warranties are reported in accounts and notes receivable, net. Notes receivable from divesting certain businesses 
are included in other current assets and other non-current assets based upon the payment terms. Cash flows from the collection of 
current receivables are classified as operating cash flows on the consolidated statements of cash flows.  

We establish credit-worthiness prior to extending credit. We estimate the recoverability of receivables each period. This estimate is 
based upon triggering events and new information in the period, which can include the review of any available financial statements 
and forecasts, as well as discussions with legal counsel and the management of the debtor company. As events occur, which impact 
the collectability of the receivable, all or a portion of the receivable is reserved. Account balances are charged off against the 
allowance when the potential for recovery is considered remote. We do not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to our 
customers.  

Inventories. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Inventories also include certain samples used in ongoing sales and 
marketing activities. See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our accounting for inventories.  

Property and Depreciation. Depreciation charges for financial reporting purposes are determined on a straight-line basis at rates 
calculated to provide for the full depreciation of assets at the end of their useful lives. Machinery and equipment includes 
manufacturing equipment (depreciated over 3 to 15 years), computer equipment (3 to 5 years) and office furniture and equipment (5 to 
7 years). Within manufacturing equipment, assets that are subject to quick obsolescence or wear out quickly, such as tooling and 
engraving equipment, are depreciated over shorter periods (3 to 7 years). Heavy production equipment, such as conveyors and 
production presses, are depreciated over longer periods (15 years). Buildings are depreciated over 15 to 30 years, depending on factors 
such as type of construction and use. Computer software is depreciated over 3 to 7 years.  

42 

 
Property, plant and equipment are tested for impairment when indicators of impairment are present, such as operating losses and/or 
negative cash flows. If an indication of impairment exists, we compare the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated 
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. The estimate of an asset group’s fair value is based on 
discounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group, or based on management’s estimated exit price assuming the 
assets could be sold in an orderly transaction between market participants, or estimated salvage value if no sale is assumed. If the fair 
value is less than the carrying value of the asset group, we record an impairment charge equal to the difference between the fair value 
and carrying value of the asset group. Impairments of assets related to our manufacturing operations are recorded in cost of goods 
sold. When assets are disposed of or retired, their costs and related depreciation are removed from the financial statements, and any 
resulting gains or losses normally are reflected in cost of goods sold or selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses.  

Asset Retirement Obligations. We recognize the fair value of obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets in 
the period in which they are incurred. Upon initial recognition of a liability, the discounted cost is capitalized as part of the related 
long-lived asset and depreciated over the corresponding asset’s useful life. Over time, accretion of the liability is recognized as an 
operating expense to reflect the change in the liability’s present value.  

Intangible Assets. We periodically review significant definite-lived intangible assets for impairment when indicators of impairment 
exist. We review our businesses for indicators of impairment such as operating losses and/or negative cash flows. If an indication of 
impairment exists, we compare the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be 
generated by the assets. The estimate of an asset group’s fair value is based on discounted future cash flows expected to be generated 
by the asset group, or based on management’s estimated exit price assuming the assets could be sold in an orderly transaction between 
market participants. If the fair value is less than the carrying value of the asset group, we record an impairment charge equal to the 
difference between the fair value and carrying value of the asset group.  

Our indefinite-lived intangibles are primarily trademarks and brand names, which are integral to our corporate identity and expected to 
contribute indefinitely to our cash flows. Accordingly, they have been assigned an indefinite life. We perform annual impairment tests 
during the fourth quarter on these indefinite-lived intangibles. These assets undergo more frequent tests if an indication of possible 
impairment exists.  

The principal assumptions utilized in our impairment tests for definite-lived intangible assets include operating profit adjusted for 
depreciation and amortization. The principal assumptions utilized in our impairment tests for indefinite-lived intangible assets include 
revenue growth rate, discount rate and royalty rate. Revenue growth rate and operating profit assumptions are derived from those 
utilized in our operating plan and strategic planning processes. The discount rate assumption is calculated based upon an estimated 
weighted average cost of equity which reflects the overall level of inherent risk and the rate of return a market participant would 
expect to achieve. Methodologies used for valuing our intangible assets did not change from prior periods.  

See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure on intangible assets.  

Foreign Currency Transactions. Assets and liabilities of our subsidiaries operating outside the United States which account in a 
functional currency other than U.S. dollars are translated using the period end exchange rate. Revenues and expenses are translated at 
exchange rates effective during each month. Foreign currency translation gains or losses are included as a component of accumulated 
other comprehensive (loss) within shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are recognized through the 
statement of earnings.  

Financial Instruments and Derivatives. From time to time, we use derivatives and other financial instruments to offset the effect of 
currency, interest rate and commodity price variability. See Notes 20 and 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further 
discussion.  

Share-based Employee Compensation. For awards with only service and performance conditions that have a graded vesting schedule, 
we recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the entire award. For awards with market 
conditions, we recognize compensation expense over the derived service period. See Note 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for additional information on share-based employee compensation.  

Subsequent Events. We have evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and disclosure through the date the consolidated 
financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K were issued.  

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards  

During 2011, we adopted guidance that is now part of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350: “Intangibles – Goodwill and 
Other.” The guidance permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step 
goodwill impairment test. There was no impact on our financial statements from the adoption of this guidance.  

43 

 
During 2012, we adopted guidance which is now part of ASC 220: “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The guidance requires 
companies to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two 
consecutive statements. It eliminated the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of 
changes in stockholder’s equity. There was no impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as a result of this 
presentation.  

During 2012, we adopted guidance which is now part of ASC 820: “Fair Value Measurement.” The guidance changes several aspects 
of the fair value measurement guidance including items such as the concepts of highest and best use and incorporation of premiums 
and discounts in fair value measurement. The guidance also requires companies to present more disclosures surrounding valuation 
techniques and unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurement including a narrative description of Level 3 
measurements’ sensitivity to changes in unobservable inputs. There was no impact on our financial condition, results of operations or 
cash flows as a result of this guidance.  
Recently Issued Accounting Standards  
In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-11: 
“Balance Sheet – Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities” in conjunction with the International Accounting Standards 
Board’s issuance of amendments to International Financial Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) 7: “Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets 
and Financial Liabilities.” The new standard requires disclosures to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared 
under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) with financial statements prepared under IFRS. The guidance is to be 
applied retrospectively and will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2013. Since this guidance impacts presentation only, it will 
have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

In July 2012, the FASB issued new guidance that is now part of ASC 350: “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other.” The new guidance 
permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible 
asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative impairment test on indefinite-lived 
intangible assets. Because the objective of this new guidance is to simplify how entities test for indefinite-lived intangible asset 
impairment, it will not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

NOTE 3. NATURE OF OPERATIONS  
Building Products — produces suspended mineral fiber, soft fiber and metal ceiling systems for use in commercial, institutional and 
residential settings. In addition, our Building Products segment sources complementary ceiling products. Our products, which are sold 
worldwide, are available in numerous colors, performance characteristics and designs, and offer attributes such as acoustical control, 
rated fire protection and aesthetic appeal. Commercial ceiling materials and accessories are sold to ceiling systems contractors and to 
resale distributors. Residential ceiling products are sold in North America primarily to wholesalers and retailers (including large home 
centers). Suspension system (grid) products manufactured by Worthington Armstrong Venture (“WAVE”) are sold by both us and 
WAVE.  

Resilient Flooring — produces and sources a broad range of floor coverings primarily for homes and commercial and institutional 
buildings. Manufactured products in this segment include vinyl sheet, vinyl tile and linoleum flooring. In addition, our Resilient 
Flooring segment sources and sells laminate flooring products, vinyl tile products, vinyl sheet products, adhesives, and installation and 
maintenance materials and accessories. Resilient Flooring products are offered in a wide variety of types, designs, and colors. We sell 
these products worldwide to wholesalers, large home centers, retailers, contractors and to the manufactured homes industry.  

Wood Flooring — produces and sources wood flooring products for use in new residential construction and renovation, with some 
commercial applications in stores, restaurants and high-end offices. The product offering includes pre-finished solid and engineered 
wood floors in various wood species, and related accessories. Virtually all of our Wood Flooring sales are in North America. Our 
Wood Flooring products are generally sold to independent wholesale flooring distributors and large home centers.  

Unallocated Corporate — includes assets, liabilities, income and expenses that have not been allocated to the business units. Balance 
sheet items classified as Unallocated Corporate are primarily income tax related accounts, cash and cash equivalents, the Armstrong 
brand name, the U.S. prepaid pension cost and long-term debt. Expenses for our corporate departments and certain benefit plans are 
allocated to the reportable segments based on known metrics, such as specific activity, headcount, or net sales. The remaining items, 
which cannot be attributed to the reportable segments without a high degree of generalization, are reported in Unallocated Corporate.  

44 

 
Building 
Products  

Wood 
Flooring  
For the year ended 2012 
Net sales to external customers ............................................................ $  1,218.9  $  939.4  $  460.6 
  —   
Equity (earnings) from joint venture ....................................................
Segment operating income (loss)(1) .......................................................
37.3 
  —   
Restructuring charges...........................................................................
326.4 
Segment assets .....................................................................................
11.1 
Depreciation and amortization .............................................................
Asset impairment .................................................................................
0.6 
  —   
Investment in joint venture ..................................................................
14.4 
Capital additions ..................................................................................

—   
56.9 
(0.4)
617.6 
28.7 
0.5 
—   
81.5 

(55.9)
230.4 
—   
975.1 
62.2 
4.6 
133.5 
107.9 

Resilient
Flooring 

Unallocated 
Corporate  

Total  

($ 

—    $  2,618.9 
(55.9)
—   
271.2 
53.4)
(0.4)
—   
2,854.3 
935.2 
111.0 
9.0 
5.7 
—   
133.5 
—   
213.0 
9.2 

Building 
Products  

Resilient 
Flooring  

Wood 
Flooring  

Unallocated 
Corporate  

Total  

For the year ended 2011 
Net sales to external customers ......................................................... $  1,237.5  $  1,002.3  $  483.3    
  —      
Equity (earnings) from joint venture .................................................
Segment operating income (loss)(1) ....................................................
Restructuring charges........................................................................
Segment assets ..................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................
Asset impairment ..............................................................................
Investment in joint venture ...............................................................
Capital additions ...............................................................................

43.4   ($ 
(0.2)
329.5    
10.5    
0.7    
  —      
9.8    

(54.9)
226.1 
1.5 
935.6 
57.8 
—   
141.0 
101.6 

—   
15.7 
6.8 
575.9 
32.3 
2.2 
—   
43.1 

—    $  2,723.1 
(54.9)
—   
239.8 
45.4)
9.0 
0.9 
2,994.7 
1,153.7 
111.6 
11.0 
2.9 
—   
141.0 
—   
161.1 
6.6 

Building 
Products  

Resilient 
Flooring  

Wood 
Flooring  

Unallocated 
Corporate  

Total  

For the year ended 2010 
Net sales to external customers ......................................................... $  1,135.5  $  1,013.2  $  479.1    
  —      
Equity (earnings) from joint venture .................................................
(45.8)
Segment operating income (loss)(1) ....................................................
Restructuring charges........................................................................
Segment assets ..................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................
Asset impairment ..............................................................................
Investment in joint venture ...............................................................
Capital additions ...............................................................................

0.9    
340.7    
26.4    
22.4    
  —      
12.2    

(45.0)
171.0 
3.2 
931.4 
62.5 
—   
188.6 
47.7 

—   
13.1 
13.9 
582.6 
38.6 
2.1 
—   
24.0 

($ 

—    $  2,627.8 
(45.0)
—   
87.5 
50.8)
22.0 
4.0 
2,922.4 
1,067.7 
141.3 
13.8 
30.6 
6.1 
188.6 
—   
89.7 
5.8 

(1) 

Segment operating income (loss) is the measure of segment profit or loss reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. The 
sum of the segments’ operating income (loss) equals the total consolidated operating income as reported on our income 
statement. The following reconciles our total consolidated operating income to earnings from continuing operations before 
income taxes. These items are only measured and managed on a consolidated basis:  

Segment operating income ................................................................ $ 
Interest expense ................................................................................
Other non-operating expense ............................................................
Other non-operating income .............................................................

$ 

2012

271.2 
53.7 
0.5 
(3.5)

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes ............... $ 

220.5 

$ 

2011  
239.8  
48.5  
1.3  
(3.8) 
193.8  

$ 

2010

87.5 
21.2 
1.2 
(8.0)

$ 

73.1 

Accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.  

45 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
The sales in the table below are allocated to geographic areas based upon the location of the customer.  

2012

2011  

2010

Geographic Areas 
Net trade sales 
Americas: 

United States .................................................................. $ 
Canada ............................................................................
Other Americas ..............................................................

Total Americas......................................................................... $ 
Europe, Middle East & Africa: 

Germany ......................................................................... $ 
United Kingdom .............................................................
Russia .............................................................................
France .............................................................................
Other Europe, Middle East & Africa ..............................

Total Europe, Middle East & Africa ........................................ $ 
Pacific Rim: 

Australia ......................................................................... $ 
China ..............................................................................
Other Pacific Rim ...........................................................

Total Pacific Rim ..................................................................... $ 
Total net trade sales ................................................................. $ 

1,646.9 
187.9 
38.1 
1,872.9 

119.9 
81.2 
63.2 
61.4 
181.1 
506.8 

80.4 
74.5 
84.3 
239.2 
2,618.9 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

1,672.1  
179.6  
42.9  
1,894.6  

147.8  
85.6  
51.2  
71.2  
228.2  
584.0  

86.1  
73.6  
84.8  
244.5  
2,723.1  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

1,603.7 
179.4 
39.5 
1,822.6 

146.3 
79.9 
38.6 
77.4 
247.8 
590.0 

85.3 
57.1 
72.8 
215.2 
2,627.8 

Property, plant and equipment, net at December 31,
Americas: 

United States .............................................................. $ 
Other Americas ..........................................................

Total Americas .................................................................... $ 
Europe, Middle East & Africa: 

Germany .................................................................... $ 
Other Europe, Middle East & Africa .........................

Total Europe, Middle East & Africa: .................................. $ 
Pacific Rim: 

China.......................................................................... $ 
Other Pacific Rim ......................................................

Total Pacific Rim ................................................................ $ 

2012

648.4 
7.9 

656.3 

119.6 
49.6 

169.2 

147.5 
32.0 

179.5 

Total property, plant and equipment, net ............................ $ 

1,005.0 

2011  

641.3  
1.9  
643.2  

113.7  
43.1  
156.8  

58.3  
29.6  
87.9  
887.9  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Impairment testing of our tangible assets occurs whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the 
assets may not be recoverable.  

During the first quarter of 2012, we made the decision to permanently close a previously idled ceiling tile plant in Mobile, AL. As a 
result, in the first quarter we recorded accelerated depreciation of $9.3 million for machinery and equipment and a $4.6 million 
impairment charge for the buildings in cost of goods sold. We also recorded an additional $1.7 million in accelerated depreciation 
related to the machinery and equipment during the remainder of 2012. The fair values were determined by management estimates and 
an independent valuation based on information available at that time (considered Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy as 
described in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  

During the fourth quarter of 2012, we made the decision to permanently close a previously idled engineered wood flooring production 
facility in Statesville, NC. As a result, we recorded accelerated depreciation of $0.6 million for machinery and equipment and a $0.6 
million impairment charge for the buildings in cost of goods sold. The preliminary fair values were determined by management 
estimates and an independent valuation based on information available at that time (considered Level 2 inputs in the fair value 
hierarchy).  

46 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
During the third quarter of 2011, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $2.2 million in SG&A expense for a European Resilient 
Flooring office building. The fair value was determined by management estimates of market prices based upon information available, 
including offers received from potential buyers of the property (considered Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy).  

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we recorded asset impairment charges of $1.1 million in cost of goods sold for two previously 
occupied manufacturing facilities. The fair values were determined by management estimates and independent market valuations 
based on information available at that time. The valuation information included sales of similar facilities and estimates of market 
prices (considered Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy) for these assets. We sold one of the facilities in the fourth quarter of 2012 
and the other in the first quarter of 2013.  

NOTE 4 ACQUISITIONS  
In the fourth quarter of 2011, we acquired Canada-based Intalite, Inc., which operated under the name Simplex, for $4.2 million. The 
acquisition, which was financed from existing cash balances, expands our technical capabilities, broadens our specialty ceilings 
portfolio and improves our service and lead times for customers in North America. The acquisition was accounted for under the 
purchase method of accounting.  

As of December 31, 2009, we owned 80% of our Shanghai, China ceiling operations. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we made 
deposits of $3.3 million to initiate the purchase of the remaining 20% interest. During the first quarter of 2010, we completed the 
acquisition with additional cash payments of $7.8 million. We recorded the difference between the purchase price and the net book 
value of the net equity acquired within capital in excess of par value.  

NOTE 5. DIVESTITURES  
See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the 2012 divestiture of our cabinets business, which was 
accounted for as a discontinued operation.  

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the sale of our European metal ceilings contract installation business resulted in a loss of $5.8 million 
which was recorded in SG&A expenses.  

NOTE 6. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS  
In September 2012, we entered into a definitive agreement to sell our cabinets business to American Industrial Partners (“AIP”) for 
$27 million in cash. During the third quarter, we recorded an impairment charge of $17.5 million to the cabinets’ assets to reflect the 
expected proceeds from the sale. The sale was completed in October 2012. The transaction is subject to working capital adjustments 
which are expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2013.  

The financial results of the cabinets business have been reclassified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows does not separately report the cash flows of the discontinued operation. 

The following is a summary of the operating results of the cabinets business (previously shown as the Cabinets reporting segment), 
which are included in discontinued operations. 

Net sales ...................................................................................... $ 
(Loss) before income tax ............................................................
Income tax benefit ......................................................................

2012

115.7 
(20.8)
7.7 

$ 

Net (loss) from discontinued operations .....................................

($ 

13.1)

($ 

2011  
136.4  
(0.6) 
0.2  
0.4) 

$ 

2010

138.6 
(6.4)
2.3 

($ 

4.1)

The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations as of December 31, 2011. 

Accounts and notes receivable, net .......................... $ 
Inventories, net ........................................................
Other assets ..............................................................

Current assets of discontinued operations ............... $ 

11.1 
12.8 
0.5 

24.4 

December 31, 
2011  

47 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
December 31, 
2011  

Property, plant and equipment, net ..........................
Other assets ..............................................................

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations .......... $ 

15.0 
3.7 

18.7 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses ................. $ 

Liabilities of discontinued operations ...................... $ 

6.4 

6.4 

December 31, 
2011  

NOTE 7. ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE  

Customer receivables .................................................. $ 
Customer notes ............................................................
Miscellaneous receivables ...........................................
Less allowance for warranties, discounts and  

losses ......................................................................

Accounts and notes receivable, net ............................. $ 

December 31, 
2012  
228.1 
4.5 
7.6 

(35.6) 
204.6 

December 31, 
2011  
251.1  
1.7  
7.9  

(39.3) 
221.4  

$ 

$ 

Generally, we sell our products to select, pre-approved customers whose businesses are affected by changes in economic and market 
conditions. We consider these factors and the financial condition of each customer when establishing our allowance for losses from 
doubtful accounts.  

NOTE 8. INVENTORIES  

Finished goods ............................................................ $ 
Goods in process .........................................................
Raw materials and supplies .........................................
Less LIFO and other reserves ......................................

December 31, 
2012  
265.9 
27.6 
107.8 
(31.5)

Total inventories, net ................................................... $ 

369.8 

December 31, 
2011  
266.0  
25.1  
110.8  
(25.8) 
376.1  

$ 

$ 

Approximately 63% and 66% of our total inventory in 2012 and 2011, respectively, was valued on a LIFO (last-in, first-out) basis. 
Inventory values were lower than would have been reported on a total FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis by $18.1 million and $15.6 
million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

The distinction between the use of different methods of inventory valuation is primarily based on geographical locations and/or legal 
entities rather than types of inventory. The following table summarizes the amount of inventory that is not accounted for under the 
LIFO method.  

International locations ................................................. $ 
U.S. sourced products .................................................

December 31, 
2012  
132.3 
3.6 

Total ............................................................................ $ 

135.9 

December 31, 
2011  
126.2  
3.1  
129.3  

$ 

$ 

Substantially all of our international locations use the FIFO method of inventory valuation (or other methods which closely 
approximate the FIFO method) primarily because either the LIFO method is not permitted for local tax and/or statutory reporting 
purposes, or the entities were part of various acquisitions that had adopted the FIFO method prior to our acquisition. In these 
situations, a conversion to LIFO would be highly complex and involve excessive cost and effort to achieve under local tax and/or 
statutory reporting requirements.  

48 

 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
The sourced products represent certain finished goods sourced from third party manufacturers, primarily from foreign suppliers.  

NOTE 9. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS  

Prepaid expenses ......................................................... $ 
Assets held for sale ......................................................
Fair value of derivative assets .....................................
Other ...........................................................................
Total other current assets............................................. $ 

NOTE 10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT  

Land ............................................................................ $ 
Buildings .....................................................................
Machinery and equipment ...........................................
Computer software ......................................................
Construction in progress .............................................
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ........
Net property, plant and equipment .............................. $ 

December 31, 
2012  
39.0 
1.8 
0.3 
1.2 
42.3 

December 31, 
2012  
111.6 
318.4 
940.7 
11.5 
206.6 
(583.8)
1,005.0 

December 31, 
2011  
27.2  
6.2  
2.4  
2.3  
38.1  

December 31, 
2011  
111.3  
297.3  
827.2  
16.1  
134.8  
(498.8) 
887.9  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Since 2009, our Board of Directors has approved the construction of five manufacturing plants. These include a U.S. mineral wool 
plant to supply our Building Products plants, mineral fiber ceiling plants in Russia and China, and two flooring plants in China. Total 
capital spending for these projects is currently projected to be approximately $310 million. Through December 31, 2012, we have 
incurred approximately $175 million related to these projects. The spending will be incurred through 2015 with the majority of the 
remaining spending expected to occur in 2013.  

See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of policies related to property and depreciation and asset 
retirement obligations.  

NOTE 11. EQUITY INVESTMENTS  
Investment in joint venture at December 31, 2012 reflected the equity interest in our 50% investment in our Worthington Armstrong 
Venture (“WAVE”) joint venture.  

We use the equity in earnings method to determine the appropriate classification of distributions from WAVE within our cash flow 
statement. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, WAVE distributed amounts in excess of our capital contributions and proportionate share of 
retained earnings. Accordingly, the distributions in these years were reflected as a return of investment in cash flows from investing 
activity in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. Distributions from WAVE in 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $63.5 million, $102.4 
million (including a special distribution of $50.1 million in December 2011), and $51.0 million, respectively.  

The WAVE joint venture is reflected in our consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting. In certain 
markets, we sell WAVE products directly to customers pursuant to specific terms of sale. In those circumstances, we record the sales 
and associated costs within our consolidated financial statements. The total sales associated with these transactions were $114.3 
million, $119.0 million and $102.5 million for the years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Our recorded investment in WAVE was higher than our 50% share of the carrying values reported in WAVE’s consolidated financial 
statements by $188.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and $194.7 million as of December 31, 2011. These differences are due to our 
adoption of fresh-start reporting upon emergence from Chapter 11, while WAVE’s consolidated financial statements do not reflect 
fresh-start reporting. The differences are composed of the following fair value adjustments to assets:  

Property, plant and equipment .................................... $ 
Other intangibles .........................................................
Goodwill......................................................................
Total ............................................................................ $ 

49 

December 31, 
2012  
0.7 
157.8 
30.4 
188.9 

December 31, 
2011  
1.0  
163.3  
30.4  
194.7  

$ 

$ 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Other intangibles include customer relationships, trademarks and developed technology. Customer relationships are amortized over 20 
years and developed technology is amortized over 15 years. Trademarks have an indefinite life.  

See Exhibit 99.1 for WAVE’s consolidated financial statements. Condensed financial data for WAVE is summarized below:  

Current assets .............................................................. $ 
Non-current assets .......................................................
Current liabilities .........................................................
Other non-current liabilities ........................................

December 31, 
2012  
113.3 
38.5 
24.9 
243.2 

$ 

December 31, 
2011  
115.0  
36.2  
23.8  
242.0  

Net sales .......................................................................................... $ 
Gross profit .....................................................................................
Net earnings ....................................................................................

2012
368.0 
163.7 
125.5 

$ 

2011  
367.2  
155.7  
123.7  

$ 

2010
332.2 
137.5 
105.8 

See discussion in Note 30 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on this related party.  
NOTE 12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS  
We conduct our annual impairment testing of non-amortizable intangible assets during the fourth quarter. In 2010 our impairment 
analysis determined that the carrying value of our Wood Flooring trademarks was in excess of the fair value. We determined the fair 
value of these intangible assets by utilizing relief from royalty analysis that incorporated projections of revenue and cash flows. The 
initial fair value for these intangible assets was determined in 2006 as part of fresh start reporting. The fair values were negatively 
affected by lower expected future sales in the U.S. residential housing market. Based on the result of the analysis, we recorded non-
cash impairment charges of $22.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2010. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a 
discussion of our accounting policy for intangible assets.  

The following table details amounts related to our intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:  

December 31, 2012  

December 31, 2011

Estimated
Useful Life

Gross 
Carrying
Amount 

Accumulated 
Amortization  

Gross 
Carrying
Amount 

Accumulated
Amortization 

Amortizing intangible assets 
Customer relationships......................................................................... 20 years
Developed technology ......................................................................... 15 years
Other .................................................................................................... Various
Total .....................................................................................................
Non-amortizing intangible assets 
Trademarks and brand names ..............................................................
Total intangible assets ..........................................................................

Indefinite  

352.4
$  614.7

$  165.4 $ 
81.9  
15.0  
$  262.3 $ 

51.9  $  166.0  $ 
33.8 
1.3 

81.1 
14.6 

87.0  $  261.7  $ 

43.6 
28.3 
1.0 
72.9 

352.8 
$  614.5 

2011  
14.0  
$ 
  —    
14.0  
$ 

2010
13.9 
22.4 
36.3 

$ 

$ 

Amortization expense .......................................................................... $ 
Intangible asset impairment .................................................................
Total amortization expense and impairment charges ........................... $ 

2012
14.1 
  —   
14.1 

The expected annual amortization expense for the years 2013 through 2017 is approximately $14 million.  

NOTE 13. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS  

Cash surrender value of Company owned life 

insurance policies ................................................... $ 

Debt financing costs ....................................................
Other ...........................................................................
Total other non-current assets ..................................... $ 

December 31, 
2012  

December 31, 
2011  

58.8 
23.9 
10.8 
93.5 

$ 

$ 

58.5  
21.3  
10.5  
90.3  

50 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
NOTE 14. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES  

Payables, trade and other ............................................. $ 
Employment costs .......................................................
Other ...........................................................................

December 31, 
2012  
216.7 
81.6 
48.0 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses ............. $ 

346.3 

December 31, 
2011  
209.0  
91.9  
52.4  
353.3  

$ 

$ 

NOTE 15. SEVERANCE AND RELATED COSTS  
See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of severance charges associated with restructuring actions.  

In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded $3.4 million for severance and related costs in SG&A expense ($3.2M) and cost of goods 
sold ($0.2M) to reflect approximately 35 position eliminations in our European Building Products business, primarily as a result of 
streamlining SG&A functions.  

In the first quarter of 2011, we recorded $3.0 million in cost of goods sold for severance and related costs to reflect position 
eliminations in our European Resilient Flooring business as a result of improved manufacturing productivity. In addition, we recorded 
$0.5 million in SG&A expense for severance and related costs to reflect the separation costs for our former Senior Vice President, 
General Counsel and Secretary.  

In 2010, we recorded $11.2 million in SG&A expense for severance and related costs to reflect the separation costs for our former 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.  

During 2010, we announced the shutdown of finished goods production at two Wood Flooring plants, the restarting of certain 
operations at a previously idled Wood Flooring plant, the closure of a European metal ceilings manufacturing facility and a crew 
reduction in a European Building Products plant. We recorded $5.7 million of severance and related expenses in 2010 for 
approximately 500 employees affected by these actions. The charges were recorded in cost of goods sold.  

In addition to the charges described above, in 2010 we also recorded $6.3 million of severance and related expenses for employees 
affected by the elimination of approximately 160 other manufacturing and SG&A positions around the world. The charges were 
recorded in SG&A expense ($4.5 million) and cost of goods sold ($1.8 million).  

NOTE 16. RESTRUCTURING ACTIONS  
During the third quarter of 2010, management made several significant decisions to address our cost structure. Given the materiality to 
our financial statements and impact to our operations, we decided to classify charges related to these actions as restructuring charges. 
The following table summarizes the restructuring charges recorded in 2012, 2011 and 2010:  

2012

2011

2010

Segment 

0.4) $ 

6.4  $ 

11.8  Resilient Flooring 

Action Title 
Floor Products Europe ...................................... ($ 
North America SG&A ......................................

Beaver Falls plant .............................................
Montreal ...........................................................
Wood products .................................................

—   
—   
—   
—   

1.4 
1.4 
  —   
(0.2)

Total ........................................................ ($ 

0.4) $ 

9.0  $ 

Unallocated Corporate, Resilient
Flooring, Building Products 

5.8 
2.3  Building Products 
1.2  Resilient Flooring 
0.9  Wood Flooring 
22.0 

 Floor Products Europe: In the third quarter of 2010, we announced our intent to focus our European flooring strategy on products and 
regions in which we believe we can be a market leader, and to streamline our product range and sales organization accordingly. 
During the fourth quarter of 2010, we withdrew from the residential market and, as a result, we sold our Teesside, UK manufacturing 
facility. In addition, during the second quarter of 2011, we ceased production at our heterogeneous vinyl flooring plant in Holmsund, 
Sweden. This facility was sold in December 2012.  

In addition to the restructuring costs reflected in the above table, we recorded $6.7 million in 2011 of other related costs in cost of 
goods sold ($5.2 million) and SG&A expense ($1.5 million). We also recorded other related costs of $3.5 million in cost of goods sold 
and $1.5 million in SG&A in 2010. Other related costs are primarily related to inventory and samples obsolescence, accelerated 
depreciation and plant closure costs.  

51 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Through December 31, 2012, we have incurred expense of $29.5 million related to this initiative. We do not expect to incur further 
material restructuring costs related to this initiative.  

North America SG&A: We are committed to augmenting margin expansion through the aggressive adoption of projects to standardize, 
simplify or eliminate SG&A activities. As a result, in the third quarter of 2010, we began to restructure our North American SG&A 
operations. The 2011 restructuring expense related to this initiative was recorded in the Unallocated Corporate ($0.9 million), 
Resilient Flooring ($0.4 million) and Building Products ($0.1 million) segments. The 2010 restructuring expense related to this 
initiative was recorded in the Unallocated Corporate ($4.0 million), Resilient Flooring ($0.9 million) and Building Products ($0.9 
million) segments.  

Through December 31, 2012, we have incurred restructuring expense of $7.2 million related to this initiative. We do not expect to 
incur further material restructuring costs related to this initiative.  

Beaver Falls Plant: In the third quarter of 2010, we announced that the Beaver Falls, PA, plant was scheduled to close in 2011. 
Production at the facility ended March 31, 2011, and production requirements have been transitioned to other facilities. The decision 
to close the plant was driven by the location and layout of the plant, technology limitations and the continued limited demand for the 
products we made at the plant.  

In addition to the restructuring costs reflected in the table above, we also recorded $6.6 million of accelerated depreciation and $4.8 
million of closure-related costs in 2011 in cost of goods sold. We also recorded $10.0 million of accelerated depreciation in cost of 
goods sold in 2010.  

Through December 31, 2012, we have incurred expense of $25.1 million related to this initiative. We do not expect to incur additional 
costs in the future as the plant was sold in 2011. The sale resulted in a net gain of $0.7 million which was recorded in SG&A in 2011.  

Montreal: In the third quarter of 2010, we announced the closing of our warehouse and previously idled plant in Montreal, Canada. 
The facility closed in the fourth quarter of 2010. The decision to close this facility was driven by our ability to service the demand for 
our resilient tile products from our other manufacturing locations.  

In addition to the restructuring costs reflected in the previous table, we also recorded $6.5 million of fixed asset write-downs in cost of 
goods sold in 2010.  

We do not expect to incur further restructuring costs related to this initiative.  

Wood Products: In the third quarter of 2010, we announced the closing of our previously idled Center, TX plant and a portion of our 
previously idled Oneida, TN plant. Operations at Center and the strip mill operations at Oneida ceased in the fourth quarter of 2010. 
The decision to close these facilities was driven by our ability to service the demand for our wood products from our other 
manufacturing locations.  

In addition to the restructuring costs reflected in the previous table, we also recorded $14.9 million of fixed asset write-downs and 
lease termination costs in cost of goods sold in 2010.  
We do not expect to incur further restructuring costs related to these locations.  
The following table summarizes activity in the restructuring accruals.  

Severance and Related Costs  

Floor 
Products
Europe  

North 
America
SG&A  

Beaver
Falls 
Plant  

Montreal  

December 31, 2010 ........................................................................ $ 

Net charges (reversals) .........................................................
Cash payments ......................................................................
Other .....................................................................................

December 31, 2011 ........................................................................ $ 

Reversals ..............................................................................
Cash payments ......................................................................
Other .....................................................................................

December 31, 2012 ........................................................................ $ 

6.1  $ 
6.4 
(9.6)
0.3 
3.2  $ 
(0.4)
(2.3)
0.2 
0.7 

4.7  $ 
1.4 
(5.6)
  —   

0.5  $ 

  —   
(0.5)
  —   
  —    $ 

1.9   $ 
1.4    
(3.2)   
  —      
0.1    
  —      
  —      
  —      
0.1    

The amounts in “Other” are related to the effects of foreign currency translation.  

Most of the accrual balance as of December 31, 2012 is expected to be paid in 2013.  

52 

Wood 
Products 

Total  
1.2   $ 
0.6  $  14.5 
—      
9.0 
(0.2)
(20.0)
(0.4)
(1.2)
—       —   
0.3 
—       —    $ 
3.8 
—       —   
(0.4)
—       —   
(2.8)
—       —   
0.2 
—       —    $ 
0.8 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES  
The tax effects of principal temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases are 
summarized in the following table. Management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate 
sufficient taxable income and foreign source income to realize deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances. In arriving at this 
conclusion, we considered the profit before tax generated for the years 2010 through 2012, as well as future reversals of existing 
taxable temporary differences and projections of future profit before tax and foreign source income.  

We reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely 
than not that such assets will not be realized. The need to establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets is assessed quarterly. 
In assessing the requirement for, and amount of, a valuation allowance in accordance with the more likely than not standard for all 
periods, we give appropriate consideration to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. 
This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of current and cumulative losses, forecasts of 
future profitability and foreign source income, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and our experience with operating loss 
and tax credit carryforward expirations. A history of cumulative losses is a significant piece of negative evidence used in our 
assessment. If a history of cumulative losses is incurred for a tax jurisdiction, forecasts of future profitability are not used as positive 
evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets in the assessment.  

We have established a valuation allowance in the amount of $205.5 million consisting of $16.0 million for federal capital loss 
carryovers and statutorily limited operating loss carryovers, $16.2 million for state deferred tax assets, primarily operating loss 
carryovers, and $173.3 million for foreign deferred tax assets, primarily foreign operating loss carryovers.  

We have $1,145.6 million of state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards with expirations between 2013 and 2032. In addition, we 
have $587.6 million of foreign NOL carryforwards, of which $540.2 million are available for carryforward indefinitely and $47.4 
million expire between 2013 and 2027. We also have U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards of $119.1 million expiring between 2013 
and 2022, and federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $13.8 million with no expiration date.  

Our valuation allowances at December 31, 2012, increased from December 31, 2011 by a net amount of $10.6 million. This includes a 
net increase for certain foreign deferred tax assets of $23.9 million and net decreases of $10.8 million for federal deferred tax assets 
and $2.5 million for certain deferred state income tax assets. The increase in the valuation allowance for deferred foreign income tax 
assets was primarily due to additional foreign losses and other deferred tax assets, partially offset by the impact of current year income 
and carryforward expirations. The decrease in the valuation allowance for deferred federal income tax assets of $10.8 million was 
primarily due to the release of the valuation allowance against foreign tax credits of $15.7 million offset by an increase in a valuation 
allowance for certain statutorily limited federal losses of $4.9 million. The decrease in the valuation allowance for certain deferred 
state income tax assets of $2.5 million was primarily due to expirations and changes in deferred tax assets. We estimate we will need 
to generate future federal taxable income of $340.4 million, including foreign source income of $53.0 million, to fully realize the 
foreign tax credits before they expire in 2022. We estimate we will need to generate future taxable income of approximately $1,230.8 
million for state income tax purposes during the respective realization periods in order to fully realize the net deferred income tax 
assets discussed above.  

53 

 
The Internal Revenue Code imposes limitations on a corporation’s ability to utilize federal tax attributes, including foreign tax credits, 
if it experiences an “ownership change.” In general terms, an ownership change may result from transactions increasing the ownership 
of certain stockholders in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. There have been no 
ownership changes as defined in the Internal Revenue Code subsequent to our bankruptcy emergence. Future ownership changes 
could have an impact on our ability to utilize the deferred tax assets discussed above.  

December 31, 
2012  

December 31, 
2011  

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

Postretirement benefits .............................................. $ 
Pension benefit liabilities ...........................................
Net operating losses ...................................................
Foreign tax credit carryforwards ................................
Other ..........................................................................

Total deferred income tax assets .........................................
Valuation allowances ..........................................................

Net deferred income tax assets ............................................

Intangibles .................................................................
Accumulated depreciation .........................................
Inventories .................................................................
Other ..........................................................................

Total deferred income tax liabilities ....................................

105.9 
30.7 
218.6 
119.1 
104.2 

578.5 
(205.5)

373.0 

(245.6)
(83.8)
(20.8)
(5.3)

(355.5)

Net deferred income tax assets ............................................ $ 

17.5 

Deferred income taxes have been classified in the 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as: 

Deferred income tax assets—current .................................. $ 
Deferred income tax assets—noncurrent ............................
Deferred income tax liabilities—current .............................
Deferred income tax liabilities—noncurrent .......................

Net deferred income tax assets ............................................ $ 

Details of taxes 
Earnings (loss) before income taxes: 

Domestic ............................................................................... $ 
Foreign ..................................................................................
Eliminations of dividends from foreign subsidiaries .............

Total ................................................................................................ $ 
Income tax provision (benefit): 
Current: 

Federal ................................................................................... $ 
Foreign ..................................................................................
State .......................................................................................

Total current ...................................................................................
Deferred: 

Federal ...................................................................................
Foreign ..................................................................................
State .......................................................................................

Total deferred..................................................................................

Total income tax expense ............................................................... $ 

49.9 
35.1 
(1.3)
(66.2)

17.5 

2012

188.6 
31.9 
—   

220.5 

24.1 
13.1 
4.4 

41.6 

27.2 
1.8 
5.5 

34.5 

76.1 

54 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

116.3  
17.8  
247.8  
118.2  
95.5  
595.6  
(194.9) 
400.7  
(253.4) 
(86.6) 
(21.9) 
(10.5) 
(372.4) 
28.3  

45.3  
46.4  
(2.4) 
(61.0) 
28.3  

2011  

2010

221.2  
(3.9) 
(23.5) 
193.8  

$ 

236.3 
(17.1)
(146.1)

$ 

73.1 

3.1  
16.7  
2.7  
22.5  

55.0  
(1.6) 
5.1  
58.5  
81.0  

$ 

$ 

24.0 
10.5 
(0.1)

34.4 

24.8 
(3.0)
1.8 

23.6 

58.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
We are currently expanding international operations by constructing three new plants in China and one in Russia.  
During 2011, we reevaluated our position with regards to foreign unremitted earnings and as part of this review it was determined that 
unremitted earnings would be permanently reinvested. We continue to permanently reinvest unremitted earnings. Accordingly we 
have not recorded U.S. income or foreign withholding taxes on approximately $234 million of undistributed earnings of foreign 
subsidiaries that could be subject to taxation if remitted to the U.S. because we currently plan to keep these amounts permanently 
invested overseas. It is not practical to calculate the residual income tax which would result if these basis differences reversed due to 
the complexities of the tax law and the hypothetical nature of the calculations.  

2012

2011  

2010

Reconciliation to U.S. statutory tax rate 
Continuing operations tax at statutory rate .......................................... $ 
State income tax expense, net of federal benefit ..................................
(Decrease) in valuation allowances on deferred domestic income tax 
assets ...............................................................................................

Increase in valuation allowances on deferred foreign income tax 

assets ...............................................................................................
Tax on foreign and foreign-source income ..........................................
Permanent book/tax differences ...........................................................
Impact of health care reform legislation on Medicare Part  

D subsidy ........................................................................................
IRS audit settlement .............................................................................
Net benefit due to increase in foreign tax credits .................................
Other ....................................................................................................
Tax on unremitted earnings .................................................................

77.2 
6.2 

(0.7) 

14.9  
(8.2)
(0.9)

—    
2.2 
(15.7)
1.1 
—   

Tax expense at effective rate ............................................................... $ 

76.1 

$ 

67.8  
7.7  

(0.8) 

14.7  
(2.8) 
0.6  

$ 

25.6 
1.6 

(2.2) 

14.9  
(4.4)
1.1 

  —    
  —    
(6.6) 
0.4  
  —    
81.0  
$ 

22.0  
  —   
  —   
  —   
(0.6)

$ 

58.0 

During 2010 and 2011, we recorded $169.6 million of dividends from our foreign subsidiaries related to unremitted foreign earnings 
for which we previously recorded a net deferred tax liability as the earnings were not considered permanently reinvested. The receipt 
of the foreign dividends in 2011 provided an opportunity to elect to credit foreign taxes that were previously deducted. In 2011, we 
increased the deferred tax assets by $21.1 million offset by a valuation allowance of $15.7 million, for a net tax benefit of $5.4 million 
to reflect the net impact of the foreign tax credit over the tax deduction for the foreign taxes. When establishing the valuation 
allowance, we considered the levels of historical and forecasted taxable and foreign source income, the duration of statutory 
carryforward periods, and our experience with net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Based on that analysis and the 
expiration period of the foreign tax credit carryforward, we recorded the valuation allowance discussed above.  

In 2012, we released the valuation allowance with respect to the foreign tax credits of $15.7 million. The release was a result of 
increased foreign source income due to changes to certain supply contracts resulting in additional foreign source income and positive 
recent trending of other foreign source income, primarily from our export sales and reduced expense allocations. These items changed 
the mix of income by recharacterizing domestic source income to foreign source income; thus increasing our ability to utilize the 
foreign tax credits.  

During March 2010, President Obama signed into law comprehensive health care reform legislation under the Patient Protection and 
Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (together, the “Act”). The federal government 
currently provides a partial subsidy, on a tax-free basis, to companies that provide certain retiree prescription drug benefits (the 
“Medicare Part D subsidy”). The Act reduces the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any Medicare Part D 
subsidy received beginning in 2013. As a result of this change in tax treatment, a non-cash income tax charge of approximately $22 
million was recorded in the first quarter of 2010.  

We recognize the tax benefits of an uncertain tax position only if those benefits are more likely than not to be sustained based on 
existing tax law. Additionally, we establish a reserve for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained based on existing 
tax law, but uncertain in the ultimate benefit to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities. Unrecognized tax 
benefits are subsequently recognized at the time the more likely than not recognition threshold is met, the tax matter is effectively 
settled or the statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired, whichever is 
earlier.  

We have $138.4 million of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (“UTB”) as of December 31, 2012, $90.6 million ($88.1 million, net of federal 
benefit) of this amount, if recognized in future periods, would impact the reported effective tax rate.  

55 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
It is reasonably possible that certain UTB’s may increase or decrease within the next twelve months due to tax examination changes, 
settlement activities, expirations of statute of limitations, or the impact on recognition and measurement considerations related to the 
results of published tax cases or other similar activities. Over the next twelve months, we estimate that UTB’s may decrease by $0.7 
million due to statutes expiring and increase by $6.9 million due to uncertain tax positions expected to be taken on tax returns.  

We account for all interest and penalties on uncertain income tax positions as income tax expense. We reported $1.9 million of interest 
and penalty exposure as accrued income tax in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012.  

We conduct business globally, and as a result, we file income tax returns in the U.S., various states and international jurisdictions. In 
the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world in such major jurisdictions as 
Australia, Canada, Germany, India, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and the United States. Generally, we have open tax years 
subject to tax audit on average of between three years and six years. Our U.S. income tax returns from 2007 to 2009 are currently 
under review by the IRS. With respect to these years, we have extended the statute of limitations to June 30, 2014. All tax years prior 
to 2007 have been settled with the IRS. With few exceptions, the statute of limitations is no longer open for state or non-U.S. income 
tax examinations for the years before 2007. Other than the U.S., we have not significantly extended any open statutes of limitation for 
any major jurisdiction and have reviewed and accrued for, where necessary, tax liabilities for open periods. The tax years 2007 
through 2011 are subject to future potential tax adjustments.  

We had the following activity for UTB’s for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:  

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1, ............................ $ 
Gross change for current year positions ..........................................
Increases for prior period positions .................................................
Decrease for prior period positions .................................................
Decrease due to settlements and payments .....................................
Decrease due to statute expirations .................................................
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, ...................... $ 

2012
127.2 
10.2 
7.8 
(6.1)
—   
(0.7)
138.4 

2011  
126.3  
4.1  
1.4  
(3.9) 
—    
(0.7) 
127.2  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Other taxes 
Payroll taxes ........................................................................................ $ 
Property, franchise and capital stock taxes ..........................................

2012

55.4 
11.4 

2011  

58.3  
12.1  

$ 

NOTE 18. DEBT  

2010
57.5 
71.5 
2.5 
(2.4)
(1.8)
(1.0)
126.3 

2010

$ 

61.0 
13.5 

December 31, 
2012  

Average 
year-end 
interest rate  

December 31, 
2011  

Average 
year-end 
interest rate  

Term loan A due 2015 ..................................................... $ 
Term loan B due 2018 .....................................................
Tax exempt bonds due 2025—2041 ................................
Other ................................................................................
Subtotal ...........................................................................
Less current portion and short-term debt .........................
Total long-term debt, less current portion ....................... $ 

237.5 
788.5 
45.0 
—   
1,071.0 
33.0 
1,038.0 

3.47% $ 
4.00%  
1.00%  
—   
3.76%  
3.60%  
3.76% $ 

250.0 
545.9 
45.0 
2.1 
843.0 
20.1 
822.9 

3.30%
4.25%
0.99%
1.98%
3.79%
3.42%
3.80%

On November 23, 2010, we refinanced our $1.1 billion credit facility and executed a $1.05 billion senior credit facility. This facility 
consisted of a $250 million revolving credit facility (with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit), a $250 million Term Loan A 
and a $550 million Term Loan B. This $1.05 billion senior credit facility was secured by U.S. personal property, the capital stock of 
material U.S. subsidiaries, and a pledge of 65% of the stock of our material first tier foreign subsidiaries. In 2010, in connection with 
the refinancing, we repaid amounts owed under the previous credit facility and wrote off $3.8 million of unamortized debt financing 
costs related to our previous credit facility to interest expense.  

On March 10, 2011, we amended our $1.05 billion senior credit facility. The amended terms of Term Loan B resulted in a lower 
LIBOR floor (1.0% vs. 1.5%) and interest rate spread (3.0% vs. 3.5%). We also extended its maturity from May 2017 to March 2018. 
All other terms, conditions and covenants were unchanged from the November 23, 2010 agreement. In connection with the 
amendment to Term Loan B, we paid a $5.5 million prepayment premium (representing one percent of the principal amount of Term 
Loan B). The premium was capitalized and is being amortized into interest expense over the life of the loan. Additionally, we paid 
approximately $1.6 million of fees to third parties which was reflected in interest expense.  

56 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
On March 22, 2012, we amended our $1.05 billion senior credit facility. We added $250 million to our existing Term Loan B facility. 
The amended $1.3 billion facility is made up of a $250 million revolving credit facility (with a $150 million sublimit for letters of 
credit), a $250 million Term Loan A and an $800 million Term Loan B. The facility is secured by U.S. personal property, the capital 
stock of material U.S. subsidiaries, and a pledge of 65% of the stock of our material first tier foreign subsidiaries. In connection with 
the additional $250 million Term Loan B borrowings, we paid $8.1 million for bank fees. This amount was capitalized and is being 
amortized into interest expense over the life of the loan. 

The senior credit facility includes two financial covenants which require the ratio of consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, 
depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) to consolidated cash interest expense minus cash consolidated interest income 
(“consolidated interest coverage ratio”) to be greater than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0 and require the ratio of consolidated funded 
indebtedness minus AWI and domestic subsidiary unrestricted cash and cash equivalents up to $100 million to consolidated EBITDA 
(“consolidated leverage ratio”) to be less than or equal to 4.5 to 1.0 through December 31, 2013, 4.0 to 1.0 through March 31, 2015, 
and 3.75 to 1.0 thereafter. Our debt agreements include other restrictions, including restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of 
additional debt, the redemption, repurchase or retirement of our capital stock, payment of dividends, and certain financial transactions 
as it relates to specified assets. We currently believe that default under these covenants is unlikely. Fully borrowing under our 
revolving credit facility would not violate these covenants. As of December 31, 2012 we were in compliance with all covenants of the 
credit agreement.  

The Revolving Credit and Term Loan A portions are currently priced at a spread of 3.0% over LIBOR and the Term Loan B portion is 
priced at 3.0% over LIBOR with a 1.0% LIBOR floor for its entire term. The Term Loan A and Term Loan B were both fully drawn 
and are currently priced on a variable interest rate basis. The unpaid balances of Term Loan A ($237.5 million), Revolving Credit ($0 
million) and Term Loan B ($788.5 million) of the credit facility may be prepaid without penalty at the maturity of their respective 
interest reset periods. Any amounts prepaid on the Term Loan A or Term Loan B may not be re-borrowed.  

Under the senior credit facility beginning December 31, 2013, we are subject to year-end leverage tests that may trigger mandatory 
prepayments. If our consolidated leverage ratio is greater than 2.0 to 1.0 but less than 2.5 to 1.0 as of December 31, 2013, we would be 
required to make a prepayment of 25% of fiscal year Consolidated Excess Cash Flow as defined by the credit agreement. If our 
Consolidated Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.5 to 1.0, the prepayment amount would be 50% of fiscal year Consolidated Excess Cash 
Flow. These annual payments would be made beginning in the first quarter of 2014.  

We have a $100 million Accounts Receivable Securitization Facility with the Bank of Nova Scotia (the “funding entity”). The 
purchase and letter of credit commitments under the program are due to expire in December 2014. Under this agreement Armstrong 
World Industries and Armstrong Hardwood Flooring Company (the Originators) sell their accounts receivables to Armstrong 
Receivables Company, LLC (“ARC”), a Delaware entity that is consolidated in these financial statements. ARC is a 100% wholly 
owned single member LLC special purpose entity created specifically for this transaction, therefore any receivables sold to ARC are 
not available to the general creditors of AWI. ARC then sells an undivided interest in the purchased accounts receivables to the 
funding entity. This undivided interest acts as collateral for drawings on the facility. Any borrowings under this facility are obligations 
of ARC and not AWI. ARC contracts with and pays a servicing fee to Armstrong World Industries to manage, collect and service the 
purchased accounts receivables.  

All new receivables under the program generated by the originators are continuously purchased by ARC with the proceeds from 
collections of receivables previously purchased. Ongoing changes in the amount of funding under the program, through changes in the 
amount of undivided interests sold by ARC, reflect seasonal variations in the level of accounts receivable, changes in collection trends 
and other factors such as changes in sales prices and volumes. ARC has issued subordinated notes payable to the originators for the 
difference between the face amount of uncollected accounts receivable purchased, less a discount, and cash paid to the originators that 
was funded by the sale of the undivided interests. The subordinated notes issued by ARC are subordinated to the undivided interests of 
the funding entity in the purchased receivables. The balance of the subordinated notes payable, which are eliminated in consolidation, 
totaled $100.6 million and $98.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 we 
had no borrowings under this facility but had $56.7 million of letters of credit issued under the facility.  

On December 16, 2010 we issued $35.0 million of Recovery Zone Facility bonds through Jackson County, West Virginia to finance 
the construction of our new mineral wool plant. These tax exempt bonds are seven day variable rate demand notes backed by a letter 
of credit. These bonds mature in 2041.  

None of the remaining outstanding debt as of December 31, 2012 was secured with buildings and other assets. The credit lines at our 
foreign subsidiaries are subject to immaterial annual commitment fees.  

57 

 
Scheduled payments of long-term debt:  

2013 .................................................................... $ 
2014 ....................................................................
2015 ....................................................................
2016 ....................................................................
2017 ....................................................................
2018 and later ...............................................................

33.0 
45.5 
183.0 
8.0 
8.1 
793.4 

We utilize lines of credit and other commercial commitments in order to ensure that adequate funds are available to meet operating 
requirements. On December 31, 2012, we had a $250 million revolving credit facility with a $150 million sublimit for letters of credit, 
of which $14.7 million was outstanding. There were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. Availability under this facility 
totaled $235.3 million as of December 31, 2012. We also have the $100 million securitization facility which as of December 31, 2012 
had letters of credit outstanding of $56.7 million and no borrowings against it. Maximum capacity under this facility was $59.8 
million (of which $3.1 million was available), subject to accounts receivable balances and other collateral adjustments, as of 
December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, our foreign subsidiaries had available lines of credit totaling $17.3 million of which 
$1.7 million was available only for letters of credit and guarantees. There were $0.8 million of letters of credit and guarantees issued 
under these credit lines as of December 31, 2012, leaving an additional letter of credit availability of $0.9 million. There were no 
borrowings under these lines of credit as of December 31, 2012 leaving $15.6 million of unused lines of credit available for foreign 
borrowings.  

On December 31, 2012, we had outstanding letters of credit totaling $71.7 million, of which $14.7 million was issued under the 
revolving credit facility, $56.7 million was issued under the securitization facility and $0.3 million of international subsidiary letters of 
credit were issued by other banks. Letters of credit are issued to third party suppliers, insurance and financial institutions and typically 
can only be drawn upon in the event of AWI’s failure to pay its obligations to the beneficiary.  

NOTE 19. PENSION AND OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS  
We have defined benefit pension plans and postretirement medical and insurance benefit plans covering eligible employees 
worldwide. We also have defined-contribution pension plans for eligible employees. Benefits from defined benefit pension plans, 
which cover most employees worldwide, are based primarily on an employee’s compensation and years of service. We fund our 
pension plans when appropriate. We fund postretirement benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis, with the retiree paying a portion of the 
cost for health care benefits by means of deductibles and contributions.  

UNITED STATES PLANS  
The following tables summarize the balance sheet impact of the pension and postretirement benefit plans, as well as the related benefit 
obligations, assets, funded status and rate assumptions. The pension benefits disclosures include both the qualified, funded Retirement 
Income Plan (RIP) and the Retirement Benefit Equity Plan, which is a nonqualified, unfunded plan designed to provide pension 
benefits in excess of the limits defined under Sections 415 and 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code.  

We use a December 31 measurement date for our U.S. defined benefit plans.  

2012

2011  

U.S. defined-benefit pension plans 
Change in benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period ..................... $ 
Service cost .......................................................................
Interest cost .......................................................................
Plan amendments ..............................................................
Actuarial loss .....................................................................
Benefits paid .....................................................................

1,933.0 
15.7 
90.7 
—   
194.0 
(140.5)

$ 

Benefit obligation as of end of period ............................... $ 

2,092.9 

$ 

1,867.7  
15.6  
92.3  
0.5  
79.3  
(122.4) 
1,933.0  

58 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period .......... $ 
Actual return on plan assets .............................................
Employer contribution .....................................................
Benefits paid ....................................................................

2012

1,941.6 
267.5 
4.0 
(140.5)

Fair value of plan assets as of end of period .................... $ 

2,072.6 

Funded status of the plans ................................................ ($ 

20.3)

2011  

1,946.6  
113.0  
4.4  
(122.4) 
1,941.6  
8.6  

$ 

$ 

$ 

2012

2011  

U.S. defined-benefit pension plans 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit 

obligations at end of period: 

Discount rate ........................................................................
Rate of compensation increase ............................................

3.95%
3.10%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic 

benefit cost for the period: 

Discount rate ........................................................................
Expected return on plan assets .............................................
Rate of compensation increase ............................................

4.85%
6.50%
3.10%

4.85% 
3.10% 

5.10% 
7.25% 
3.10% 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $2,070.7 million and $1,913.6 million at 
December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

U.S. pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of assets
Projected benefit obligation, December 31 ................................ $ 
Accumulated benefit obligation, December 31 ..........................
Fair value of plan assets, December 31 ......................................

59.9 
58.9 
  —   

$ 

49.4  
48.5  
  —    

2012

2011  

The components of the pension credit are as follows:  

U.S. defined-benefit pension plans 
Service cost of benefits earned during the period .................... $ 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation ............................
Expected return on plan assets .................................................
Amortization of prior service cost ...........................................
Recognized net actuarial loss ...................................................

$ 

2012

15.7 
90.7 
(140.0)
1.9 
23.4 

Net periodic pension credit ...................................................... ($ 

8.3)

($ 

2011  

15.6  
92.3  
(152.5) 
1.9  
19.2  
23.5) 

$ 

2010

16.4 
96.4 
(167.0)
1.8 
4.3 

($ 

48.1)

Investment Policies  
The RIP’s primary investment objective is to maintain the funded status of the plan such that the likelihood that we will be required to 
make significant contributions to the plan is limited. This objective is to be achieved by:  

•  

• 

• 

•  

Investing a substantial portion of the plan assets in high quality corporate bonds whose duration is at least equal to that of 
the plan’s liabilities such that there is a relatively high correlation between the movements of the plan’s liability and asset 
values.  
Investing in publicly traded equities in order to increase the ratio of plan assets to liabilities over time.  
Limiting investment return volatility by diversifying among additional asset classes with differing expected rates of return 
and return correlations.  
Using derivatives to either implement investment positions efficiently or to hedge risk but not to create investment 
leverage.  

59 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Each asset class utilized by the RIP has a defined asset allocation target and allowable range. The table below shows the asset 
allocation target and the December 31, 2012 and 2011 position for each asset class:  

Asset Class 
Domestic equity ...................................................................
International equity ..............................................................
Global equity .......................................................................
High yield bonds ..................................................................
Long duration bonds ............................................................
Real estate ............................................................................
Other fixed income ..............................................................

Target Weight at 
December  31, 2012  

Position at December 31,
2012  

2011

11%  
13%  
6%  
5%  
59%  
5%  
1%  

12%   
12%   
7%   
5%   
57%   
5%   
2%   

17%
18%
—   

5%
53%
6%
1%

The change in position from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 reflects a planned change in our allocation targets.  
Pension plan assets are required to be reported and disclosed at fair value in the financial statements. Fair value is defined as the 
exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous 
market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Three levels of inputs 
may be used to measure fair value:  

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.  

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and 
liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or 
other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.  

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value 
of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar 
techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.  

The asset’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to 
the fair value measurement. Valuation techniques used need to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of 
unobservable inputs.  

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy a summary of the RIP’s assets measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis:  

Description 
Long duration bonds .............................................................................
Domestic equity .................................................................................... $ 
International equity ..............................................................................
Global equity ........................................................................................
High yield bonds ..................................................................................
Real estate ............................................................................................
Other investments .................................................................................
Short term investments and other, net ..................................................
Net assets .............................................................................................. $ 

Level 1

—    $ 

147.0 
53.1 
128.6 
—   
—   
—   
63.2 
391.9  $ 

Description 
Long duration bonds ............................................................................
Domestic equity ................................................................................... $ 
International equity .............................................................................
High yield bonds .................................................................................
Real estate ...........................................................................................
Other investments ................................................................................
Short term investments and other, net .................................................
Net assets ............................................................................................. $ 

Level 1

—    $ 

218.4 
107.8 
—   
—   
—   
63.4 
389.6  $ 

Value at December 31, 2012 
Level 3  
Level 2  
1,166.1  $ 
99.9 
201.8 
—   
102.0 
—   
—   
1.2 
1,571.0  $ 

0.9  $ 
—   
—   
—   
—   
103.3 
5.5 
—   
109.7  $ 

Value at December 31, 2011 
Level 2  
Level 3  
1,017.2    
117.0    
205.7    
98.7    
—     $ 
—      
(1.7)   
1,436.9   $ 

—    $ 
—   
—   
—   
109.8 
5.3 
—   
115.1  $ 

Total
1,167.0 
246.9 
254.9 
128.6 
102.0 
103.3 
5.5 
64.4 
2,072.6 

Total
1,017.2 
335.4 
313.5 
98.7 
109.8 
5.3 
61.7 
1,941.6 

60 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the RIP’s level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 
and 2012:  

Level 3 Assets Gains and Losses

Real Estate  

Other 
Investments  

Long 
Duration 
Bonds  

Balance, December 31, 2010 ............................................................ $ 
Realized (loss) ........................................................................
Unrealized gain (loss) .............................................................
Purchases, (sales), issuances, (settlements), net ......................

Balance, December 31, 2011 ............................................................ $ 
Realized (loss) gain .................................................................
Unrealized gain (loss) .............................................................
Transfers from Level 2 ...........................................................
Purchases ................................................................................
Sales ........................................................................................
Settlements ..............................................................................

103.1  $ 
(1.8)
12.5 
(4.0)

109.8  $ 
2.2 
7.2 
—   
2.3 
(18.2)
—   

Balance, December 31, 2012 ............................................................ $ 

103.3  $ 

5.5    
—      
(0.2)   
—      
5.3    
—      
0.1    
—     $ 
0.4    
(0.1)   
(0.2)   
5.5   $ 

Total  
108.6 
(1.8)
12.3 
(4.0)

115.1 
2.2 
7.3 
0.4 
3.2 
(18.3)
(0.2)

—    $ 
—   
—   
—   

—    $ 
—   
—   
0.4 
0.5 
—   
—   

0.9  $ 

109.7 

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value.  

There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2012 and 2011.  

Long Duration Bonds: Consists of investments in individual corporate bonds as well as investments in registered investment funds and 
common and collective trust funds investing in fixed income securities tailored to institutional investors. Certain corporate bonds are 
valued based on a compilation of primarily observable market information or a broker quote in a non-active market. There are no 
readily available market quotations for registered investment company funds or common collective trust funds. The fair value is based 
on the underlying securities in the fund’s portfolio which is typically the amount which the fund might reasonably expect to receive 
for the security upon a current sale.  

Domestic, International and Global equity securities: Consists of investments in common and preferred stocks as well as investments 
in registered investment funds investing in equities tailored to institutional investors. Common and preferred stocks are valued at the 
closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. There are no readily available market 
quotations for registered investment company funds. The fair value is based on the underlying securities in the fund’s portfolio which 
is typically the amount which the fund might reasonably expect to receive for the security upon a current sale.  

High Yield Bonds: Consists of investments in individual corporate bonds as well as an investment in a registered investment fund 
investing in fixed income securities tailored to institutional investors. Certain corporate bonds are valued based on a compilation of 
primarily observable market information or a broker quote in a non-active market. There are no readily available market quotations for 
registered investment company funds. The fair value is based on the underlying securities in the fund’s portfolio which is typically the 
amount which the fund might reasonably expect to receive for the security upon a current sale.  

Real Estate: The RIP’s real estate investments are comprised of both open-end and closed-end funds. There are no readily available 
market quotations for these real estate funds. The fund’s fair value is based on the underlying real estate assets held by the fund. 
Underlying real estate assets are valued on the basis of a discounted cash flow approach, which includes the future rental receipts, 
expenses and residual values as the highest and best use of the real estate from a market participant view. Independent appraisals may 
also be used to determine fair value for the underlying assets of these funds.  

Other Investments: Consists of investments in a group insurance annuity contract and a limited partnership. The fair value for the 
group insurance annuity contract was determined by discounting the related cash flows based on current yields of similar instruments 
with comparable durations considering the credit-worthiness of the issuer. For our investment in the limited partnership, the majority 
of the partnership’s underlying securities are invested in publicly traded securities which are valued at the closing price reported on the 
active market on which the individual securities are traded. The remaining other investments within the partnership are valued based 
on available inputs, including recent financing rounds, comparable company valuations, and other available data. The investment in 
the limited partnership is non-redeemable until the expiration of the term of the agreement.  

Money Market Investments: The money market investment consists of an institutional investor mutual fund, valued at the fund’s net 
asset value (“NAV”) which is normally calculated at the close of business daily.  

61 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Short Term Investments and other, net: Cash and short term investments consist of cash and cash equivalents and other payables and 
receivables (net). The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity of these 
instruments. Other payables and receivables consist primarily of margin on account for a fund, accrued fees and receivables related to 
investment positions liquidated for which proceeds had not been received at December 31. The carrying amounts of payables and 
receivables approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.  

The RIP has $1,102.8 million and $1,012.1 million of investments in alternative investment funds at December 31, 2012 and 
December 31, 2011, respectively, which are reported at fair value, and we have concluded that the net asset value reported by the 
underlying fund approximates the fair value of the investment. These investments are redeemable at NAV under agreements with the 
underlying funds. However, it is possible that these redemption rights may be restricted or eliminated by the funds in the future in 
accordance with the underlying fund agreements. Due to the nature of the investments held by the funds, changes in market conditions 
and the economic environment may significantly impact the NAV of the funds and, consequently, the fair value of the RIP’s interest 
in the funds. Furthermore, changes to the liquidity provisions of the funds may significantly impact the fair value of the RIP’s interest 
in the funds.  

Basis of Rate-of-Return Assumption  
Long-term asset class return assumptions are determined based on input from investment professionals on the expected performance 
of the asset classes over 10 to 20 years. The forecasts were averaged to come up with consensus passive return forecasts for each asset 
class. An incremental component was added for the expected return from active management based both on the RIP’s experience and 
on historical information obtained from the RIP’s investment consultants. These forecast gross returns were reduced by estimated 
management fees and expenses, yielding a long-term return forecast of 6.5% per annum for 2012.  

2012

2011  

U.S. defined-benefit retiree health and life insurance plans
Change in benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period .......................... $ 
Service cost ............................................................................
Interest cost ............................................................................
Plan participants’ contributions ..............................................
Plan amendments ...................................................................
Effect of curtailments .............................................................
Actuarial (gain) loss ...............................................................
Benefits paid, gross ................................................................
Medicare subsidy receipts ......................................................

297.7 
1.2 
12.3 
6.0 
—   
—   
(17.4)
(28.9)
0.9 

$ 

Benefit obligation as of end of period .................................... $ 

271.8 

$ 

Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period .............
Employer contribution ........................................................ $ 
Plan participants’ contributions ...........................................
Benefits paid, gross .............................................................
Medicare subsidy receipts ...................................................

Fair value of plan assets as of end of period ....................... $ 

2012

—   
22.0 
6.0 
(28.9)
0.9 

 —   

Funded status of the plans ...................................................

($ 

271.8)

$ 

$ 

($ 

304.4  
2.1  
14.1  
6.0  
(3.0) 
(8.4) 
9.8  
(29.8) 
2.5  
297.7  

2011  

—    
21.3  
6.0  
(29.8) 
2.5  
 —    
297.7) 

U.S. defined-benefit retiree health and life insurance plans
Weighted-average discount rate used to determine benefit 

obligations at end of period ......................................................

Weighted-average discount rate used to determine net periodic 

benefit cost for the period .........................................................

2012

2011  

3.75% 

4.75% 

4.75% 

4.90% 

62 

 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
The components of postretirement benefits costs are as follows:  

U.S. defined-benefit retiree health and life insurance plans
Service cost of benefits earned during the period ................................ $ 
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ...........
Amortization of prior service cost .......................................................
Amortization of net actuarial gain .......................................................

2012

1.2 
12.3 
(0.6)
(7.5)

$ 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost .............................................. $ 

5.4 

$ 

2011  

2.1  
14.1  
(0.1) 
(2.1) 
14.0  

2010

$ 

2.4 
14.8 
  —   
(6.3)

$ 

10.9 

As a result of the elimination of future benefits for certain employees, we recorded a curtailment gain of $8.4 million in 2011 in cost 
of goods sold. This gain is not reflected in the table above.  

For measurement purposes, an average rate of annual increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits of 7.6% for pre-65 
retirees and 7.8% for post-65 retirees was assumed for 2012, decreasing ratably to an ultimate rate of 5% in 2019. Assumed health 
care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts  

reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following 
effects:  

U.S. retiree health and life insurance benefits plans
Effect on total service and interest cost components .............. $ 
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation ............................

Amounts recognized in assets and (liabilities) at year end consist of:  

One percentage point  

Increase

3.7 
9.3 

Decrease  

($ 

2.8) 
(8.4) 

Pension Benefits  
2011

2012

Retiree Health and Life 
Insurance Benefits  
2011

2012  

Prepaid pension costs ......................................................................... $ 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ............................................
Postretirement benefit liabilities .........................................................
Pension benefit liabilities ...................................................................

39.6  $ 
(3.8)
—   
(56.1)

Net amount recognized .......................................................................

($ 

20.3) $ 

58.0    
(3.7)  ($ 
—      
(45.7)   

8.6   ($ 

($ 

—   
23.3)
(248.5)
—   

—   
25.5)
(272.2)
—   

271.8)

($ 

297.7)

Pre-tax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at year end consist of:  

Net actuarial (loss) gain .................................................... ($ 
Prior service (cost) credit ..................................................

737.2)
(9.5)

($ 

2012

2011

694.1)
(11.4)

$ 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income ............ ($ 

746.7)

($ 

705.5)

$ 

Pension Benefits  

Retiree Health and Life 
Insurance Benefits  
2012  
2011
56.0   $ 
2.2  
58.2   $ 

45.9 
2.8 

48.7 

We expect to amortize $41.8 million of previously unrecognized prior service cost and net actuarial losses into the pension credit in 
2013. We expect to amortize $4.1 million of previously unrecognized net actuarial gains and prior service credits into postretirement 
benefit cost in 2013.  

We expect to contribute $3.8 million to our U.S. defined benefit pension plans and $23.3 million to our U.S. postretirement benefit 
plans in 2013.  

63 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid over the next ten years 
for our U.S. plans:  

2013 .......................................................................... $ 
2014 ..........................................................................
2015 ..........................................................................
2016 ..........................................................................
2017 ..........................................................................
2018—2022 ..............................................................

$ 

Pension 
Benefits  
129.9 
130.8 
130.5 
131.5 
132.0 
673.1 

Retiree Health and 
Life Insurance 
Benefits, Gross  

24.4  
24.3  
24.2  
22.7  
22.0  
97.9  

($ 

Retiree Health 
Medicare 
Subsidy Receipts  
1.1)
(1.2)
(1.3)
(1.3)
(1.5)
(9.0)

These estimated benefit payments are based on assumptions about future events. Actual benefit payments may vary significantly from 
these estimates.  

NON-U.S. PLANS  
We have defined benefit pension plans covering employees in a number of foreign countries that utilize assumptions which are 
consistent with, but not identical to, those of the U.S. plans. The following tables summarize the balance sheet impact of foreign 
pension benefit plans, as well as the related benefit obligations, assets, funded status and rate assumptions.  

We use a December 31 measurement date for all of our non-U.S. defined benefit plans.  

Non-U.S. defined-benefit pension plans
Change in benefit obligation: 
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period .......................... $ 
Service cost ............................................................................
Interest cost ............................................................................
Plan participants’ contributions ..............................................
Foreign currency translation adjustment ................................
Effects of plan settlements and curtailments ..........................
Actuarial loss ..........................................................................
Benefits paid ..........................................................................

2012

355.9 
2.1 
15.7 
0.2 
12.3 
—   
42.8 
(23.8)

$ 

Benefit obligation as of end of period .................................... $ 

405.2 

$ 

Change in plan assets: 
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period ............. $ 
Actual return on plan assets ................................................
Employer contribution ........................................................
Plan participants’ contributions ...........................................
Foreign currency translation adjustment .............................
Benefits paid .......................................................................

2012

184.0 
16.7 
17.9 
0.2 
7.5 
(23.8)

Fair value of plan assets as of end of period ....................... $ 

202.5 

Funded status of the plans ...................................................

($ 

202.7)

$ 

$ 

($ 

2011  

354.6  
3.6  
17.9  
0.8  
(1.6) 
(1.0) 
15.8  
(34.2) 
355.9  

2011  

188.7  
10.7  
17.5  
0.8  
0.5  
(34.2) 
184.0  
171.9) 

64 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
2012

2011  

Non-U.S. defined-benefit pension plans
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit 

obligations at end of period: 

Discount rate ........................................................................
Rate of compensation increase ............................................

3.50%
2.60%

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic 

benefit cost for the period: 

Discount rate ........................................................................
Expected return on plan assets .............................................
Rate of compensation increase ............................................

4.50%
5.40%
3.10%

2012

4.50% 
3.10% 

5.00% 
6.60% 
3.10% 

2011  

Non-U.S. pension plans with benefit obligations in excess 

of assets 

Projected benefit obligation, December 31 ............................ $ 
Accumulated benefit obligation, December 31 ......................
Fair value of plan assets, December 31 ..................................

405.2 
396.3 
202.5 

$ 

354.8  
347.6  
182.9  

The components of the pension cost are as follows:  

Non-U.S. defined-benefit pension plans 
Service cost of benefits earned during the period ............................. $ 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation .....................................
Expected return on plan assets ..........................................................
Amortization of net actuarial loss .....................................................
Net periodic pension cost .................................................................. $ 

2012

2.1 
15.7 
(10.3)
1.4 
8.9 

2011  

3.6  
17.9  
(13.2) 
0.3  
8.6  

$ 

$ 

2010

5.4 
18.3 
(13.4)
0.3 
10.6 

$ 

$ 

Investment Policies  
Each of the funded non-U.S. pension plan’s primary investment objectives is to earn sufficient long-term returns on investments both 
to increase the ratio of the assets to liabilities in order for the plans to meet their benefits obligations and to minimize required cash 
contributions to the plans. This is to be achieved by (a) investing primarily in publicly-traded equities, (b) limiting return volatility by 
diversifying investments among additional asset classes with differing expected rates of return and return correlations, and (c) utilizing 
long duration bonds to limit the volatility of the plans’ asset/liability ratios.  

Each of the plans has a targeted asset allocation for each asset class. The table below shows, for each asset class, the weighted average 
of the several plans’ asset allocation targets and positions at December 31, 2012 and 2011:  

Asset Class 
Equities ................................................................................
Long duration bonds ............................................................
Other fixed income ..............................................................
Real estate ............................................................................

Target Weight at
December  31, 2012  

Position at December 31,
2012  

2011

41%  
49%  
1%  
9%  

42%   
49%   
1%   
8%   

41%
49%
1%
9%

The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy a summary of our non-U.S. plan assets measured at fair value on 
a recurring basis:  

Description 
Bonds ..............................................................................................................
Equities ...........................................................................................................
Real estate .......................................................................................................
Cash and other short term investments ........................................................... $ 
Net assets ........................................................................................................ $ 

65 

Value at December 31, 2012
Level 2  

Total

Level 1

—    $ 
—   
—   
1.6 
1.6  $ 

100.6   $ 
84.7    
15.6    
—      
200.9   $ 

100.6 
84.7 
15.6 
1.6 
202.5 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
Description 
Bonds ..............................................................................................................
Equities ...........................................................................................................
Real estate .......................................................................................................
Cash and other short term investments ........................................................... $ 
Net assets ........................................................................................................ $ 

Value at December 31, 2011
Level 2  

Total

Level 1

—    $ 
—   
—   
1.3 
1.3  $ 

93.0   $ 
74.4    
15.3    
—      
182.7   $ 

93.0 
74.4 
15.3 
1.3 
184.0 

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for non-U.S. plan assets measured at fair value. There have been no 
changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2012 and 2011.  

Bonds: Consists of investments in individual corporate bonds as well as investments in pooled funds investing in fixed income 
securities tailored to institutional investors. Certain corporate bonds are valued at the closing price reported in the active market in 
which the bond is traded. There are no readily available market quotations for pooled funds. The fair value is based on the underlying 
securities in the fund’s portfolio which is typically the amount which the fund might reasonably expect to receive for the security upon 
a current sale.  

Equities: Consists of investments in common and preferred stocks as well as investments in pooled funds investing in international 
equities tailored to institutional investors. Equity securities are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the 
individual securities are traded. There are no readily available market quotations for pooled funds. The fair value is based on the 
underlying securities in the fund’s portfolio which is typically the amount which the fund might reasonably expect to receive for the 
security upon a current sale.  

Real Estate: The plans’ real estate investments are comprised of pooled real estate mutual funds valued based on a compilation of 
primarily observable market information or a broker quote in a non-active market.  

Cash and other Short Term Investments: Cash and short term investments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, and plan 
receivables/payables. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and receivables/payables approximate fair value due to the 
short-term nature of these instruments.  

The non-U.S. pension plans have $200.4 million and $182.2 million of investments in alternative investment funds at December 31, 
2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, which are reported at fair value. We have concluded that the net asset value reported by 
the underlying fund approximates the fair value of the investment. These investments are redeemable at net asset value under 
agreements with the underlying funds. However, it is possible that these redemption rights may be restricted or eliminated by the 
funds in the future in accordance with the underlying fund agreements. Due to the nature of the investments held by the funds, changes 
in market conditions and the economic environment may significantly impact the net asset value of the funds and, consequently, the 
fair value of the plans’ interest in the funds. Furthermore, changes to the liquidity provisions of the funds may significantly impact the 
fair value of the plans’ interest in the funds.  

Basis of Rate-of-Return Assumption  
Long-term asset class return forecasts were obtained from investment professionals. The forecasts were averaged to come up with 
consensus passive return forecasts for each asset class. These forecast asset class returns were weighted by the plans’ target asset class 
weights, yielding a long-term return forecast of 5.4% and 6.6% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...........................
Pension benefit liabilities ..................................................
Net amount recognized .....................................................

($ 

($ 

2012 

11.0)
(191.7)
202.7)

2011 

10.9) 
(161.0) 
171.9) 

($ 

($ 

Pre-tax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at year end consist of:  

Net actuarial (loss) .................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) ..............................

($ 
($ 

2012 
62.7)
62.7)

2011 
25.9) 
25.9) 

($ 
($ 

We expect to amortize $2.6 million of previously unrecognized net actuarial losses into pension cost in 2013.  

66 

 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
The accumulated benefit obligation for the non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $396.3 million and $348.8 million at 
December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

We expect to contribute $15.5 million to our non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans in 2013.  

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid over the next ten years:  

Pension 
Benefits  

2013 ..................................................................................... $ 
2014 .....................................................................................
2015 .....................................................................................
2016 .....................................................................................
2017 .....................................................................................
2018—2022 .........................................................................

19.6 
19.7 
20.9 
20.8 
21.3 
115.9 

Costs for other worldwide defined contribution benefit plans and multiemployer pension plans were $13.6 million in 2012, $12.8 
million in 2011 and $11.7 million in 2010.  

NOTE 20. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  
We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. The estimated fair values of our financial instruments are as 
follows:  

December 31, 2012

December 31, 2011

Carrying 
amount  

Estimated 
fair value  

Carrying 
amount  

Estimated 
fair value  

Assets/(Liabilities), net: 

Total debt, including current portion ..................................
Foreign currency contract obligations.................................
Natural gas contracts ...........................................................
Interest rate swap contracts .................................................

($ 

($ 

1,071.0)
(1.8)
(2.7)
(25.7)

1,075.9)  ($ 
(1.8)   
(2.7)   
(25.7)   

843.0)
1.1 
(9.3)
(14.0)

($ 

835.2)
1.1 
(9.3)
(14.0)

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents of $336.4 million at December 31, 2012 and $480.6 million at December 31, 2011 
(made up of bank deposits), receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses, short-term debt and current installments of long-term 
debt approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The fair value estimates of long-term debt were 
based upon quotes from a major financial institution of recently observed trading levels of our Term Loan B debt. The fair value 
estimates of foreign currency contract obligations are estimated from market quotes provided by a well recognized national market 
data provider. The fair value estimates of natural gas contracts are estimated using internal valuation models with verification by 
obtaining quotes from major financial institutions. For swap transactions, fair value is calculated using NYMEX market quotes 
provided by a well recognized national market data provider. For option based strategies, fair value is calculated using an industry 
standard Black-Scholes model with market based inputs, including but not limited to, underlying asset price, strike price, implied 
volatility, discounted risk free rate and time to expiration, provided by a well recognized national market data provider. The fair value 
estimates for interest rate swap contracts are estimated by obtaining quotes from major financial institutions with verification by 
internal valuation models.  

As of December 31, 2012 we had no restricted cash on our balance sheet. As of December 31, 2011, we had $1.5 million of restricted 
cash held by a trustee related to the construction of our Millwood, WV mineral wool plant. The trustee had invested the cash in money 
market investments. The carrying value on our balance sheet approximated the fair value because of the short-term maturity of the 
instruments.  

Refer to Note 19 for a discussion of fair value and the related inputs used to measure fair value.  

67 

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:  

December 31, 2012

Fair value based on

Quoted, 
active 
markets  
Level 1

Other 
observable 
inputs  
Level 2

December 31, 2011

Fair value based on

Quoted, 
active 
markets  
Level 1  

Other 
observable 
inputs  
Level 2

Assets/(Liabilities), net: 

Total debt, including current portion ...................................... ($ 
Foreign currency contract obligations.....................................
Natural gas contracts ...............................................................
Interest rate swap contracts .....................................................

792.4)
(1.8)
—   
—   

($ 

($ 

283.5)  ($ 
—      
(2.7)   
(25.7)   

545.9)
1.1 
—   
—   

289.3)
—   
(9.3)
(14.0)

We do not have any financial assets or liabilities that are valued using Level 3 (unobservable) inputs.  

NOTE 21. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  
We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices that could impact our 
results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. We use forward swaps and option contracts to hedge these exposures. 
Exposure to individual counterparties is controlled and derivative financial instruments are entered into with a diversified group of 
major financial institutions. Forward swaps and option contracts are entered into for periods consistent with underlying exposure and 
do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. At inception, hedges that we designate as hedging instruments are formally 
documented as either (1) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or “cash flow” hedge, or (2) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized 
liability or asset or “fair value” hedge. We also formally assess both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the 
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the 
hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, or if the anticipated transaction is no longer 
probable of occurring, we discontinue hedge accounting, and any future mark-to-market adjustments are recognized in earnings. We 
use derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative trading purposes.  

Counterparty Risk  
We only enter into derivative transactions with established counterparties having a credit rating of BBB or better. We monitor 
counterparty credit default swap levels and credit ratings on a regular basis. All of our derivative transactions with counterparties are 
governed by master International Swap and Derivatives Association agreements (“ISDAs”) with netting arrangements. These 
agreements can limit our exposure in situations where we have gain and loss positions outstanding with a single counterparty. We do 
not post nor do we receive cash collateral with any counterparty for our derivative transactions. As of December 31, 2012, we had no 
cash collateral posted or received for any of our derivative transactions. These ISDAs do not have any credit contingent features; 
however, a default under our bank credit facility would trigger a default under these agreements. Exposure to individual counterparties 
is controlled, and thus we consider the risk of counterparty default to be negligible.  

Commodity Price Risk  
We purchase natural gas for use in the manufacture of ceiling tiles and other products, and to heat many of our facilities. As a result, 
we are exposed to fluctuations in the price of natural gas. We have a policy to reduce cost volatility for North American natural gas 
purchases by purchasing natural gas forward contracts and swaps, purchased call options, and zero-cost collars up to 24 months 
forward to reduce our overall exposure to natural gas price movements. There is a high correlation between the hedged item and the 
hedged instrument. The gains and losses on these transactions offset gains and losses on the transactions being hedged. These 
instruments are designated as cash flow hedges. At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the notional amount of these hedges 
was $21.5 million and $47.2 million, respectively. The mark-to-market gain or loss on qualifying hedges is included in other 
comprehensive income to the extent effective, and reclassified into cost of goods sold in the period during which the underlying gas is 
consumed. The mark-to-market gains or losses on ineffective portions of hedges are recognized in cost of goods sold immediately. 
The earnings impact of the ineffective portion of these hedges was not material for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The 
contracts are based on forecasted usage of natural gas measured in mmBtu’s.  

Currency Rate Risk – Sales and Purchases  
We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, we are exposed to movements in 
foreign currency exchange rates. To a large extent, our global manufacturing and sales provide a natural hedge of foreign currency 
exchange rate movement, as foreign currency expenses generally offset foreign currency revenues. We manage our cash flow 
exposures on a net basis and use derivatives to hedge the majority of our unmatched foreign currency cash inflows and outflows. As of 
December 31, 2012, our major, pre-hedging foreign currency exposures are to the Canadian dollar, the Australian dollar and the Euro.  

68 

 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We use foreign currency forward exchange contracts to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash inflows and outflows 
resulting from the sale of products to foreign customers and purchases from foreign suppliers will be adversely affected by changes in 
exchange rates. These derivative instruments are used for forecasted transactions and are classified as cash flow hedges. Cash flow 
hedges are executed quarterly, generally up to 15 months forward, and allow us to further reduce our overall exposure to exchange 
rate movements, since gains and losses on these contracts offset gains and losses on the transactions being hedged. The notional 
amount of these hedges was $129.7 million and $128.3 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Gains and 
losses on these instruments are recorded in other comprehensive income, to the extent effective, until the underlying transaction is 
recognized in earnings. The earnings impact of the ineffective portion of these hedges was not material for the years ended 
December 31, 2012 and 2011.  

Currency Rate Risk—Intercompany Loans and Dividends  
We also use foreign currency forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures created by cross-currency intercompany loans and 
dividends. The translation adjustments related to these loans are recorded in other non-operating income or expense. The offsetting 
gains or losses on the related derivative contracts are also recorded in other non-operating income or expense. These contracts are 
decreased or increased as repayments are made or additional intercompany loans are extended or adjusted for intercompany dividend 
activity as necessary. The notional amount of these hedges was $21.8 million at December 31, 2011. We did not have any open hedges 
related to intercompany loans and dividends as of December 31, 2012.  

Interest Rate Risk  
We utilize interest rate swaps to minimize the fluctuations in earnings caused by interest rate volatility. Interest expense on variable-
rate liabilities increases or decreases as a result of interest rate fluctuations. On March 31, 2011, we entered into two interest rate 
swaps, on our Term Loan A and Term Loan B, with notional amounts of $100 million and $200 million, respectively, which mature in 
November 2015. Under the terms of the Term Loan A swap, we receive 3-month LIBOR and pay a fixed rate over the hedged period. 
Under the terms of the Term Loan B swap, we receive the greater of 3-month LIBOR or the 1% LIBOR Floor and pay a fixed rate 
over the hedged period. On March 27, 2012 we entered into an additional interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $250 
million, maturing in March 2018, under the terms of which we pay a fixed rate of 1.9275% over the hedged period. We also entered 
into a forward starting interest rate swap of $200 million from November 2015 to March 2018, under the terms of which we pay a 
fixed rate of 2.810% over the hedged period. These swaps are designated as cash flow hedges to hedge against changes in LIBOR for 
a portion of our variable rate debt.  

Financial Statement Impacts  
The following tables detail amounts related to our derivatives as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Our derivative assets 
and liabilities not designated as hedging instruments were not material as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.  

Asset Derivatives

Derivative Liabilities

Derivatives designated as 
hedging instruments 
Natural gas 

commodity 
contracts ........

Natural gas 

commodity 
contracts ........
Foreign exchange 
contracts ........

Interest rate swap 
contracts ........

Total derivatives 
designated as 
hedging 
instruments ....

Fair Value

December 31,
2012  

December 31,
2011  

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Other current 
assets 

Other non-current assets 

—   

—   

—   

—   

2.4 

—   

Other current assets 
Other current assets 

$ 

0.3  $ 

—   

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Accounts payable 
and accrued 
expenses

Other long-term liabilities 
Accounts payable 
and accrued 
expenses

Other long-term liabilities 

Fair Value

December 31,
2012  

December 31,
2011  

$ 

2.7  $ 

—   

2.1 

25.7 

7.2 

2.1 

1.3 

14.0 

$ 

0.3  $ 

2.4 

$ 

30.5  $ 

24.6 

69 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Amount of Gain (Loss) 
Recognized in Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive  Income 
(“AOCI”) (Effective Portion)(a) 

2012  

2011

Location of (Loss)
Reclassified from AOCI 
into Income (Effective 
Portion) 

(Loss) Reclassified from
AOCI into Income 
(Effective Portion)  
2011
2012

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging 

Relationships 

Natural gas commodity 

contracts ................................($ 

2.7)  ($ 

9.1)

Cost of goods sold

($ 

8.8)

($ 

6.7)

Foreign exchange contracts – 

purchases and sales ............... 
Interest rate swap contracts ....... 
Total ..........................................

(1.7)   
(25.7)   

($  30.1 ) 

1.0 
(14.0)
($  22.1 )

Cost of goods sold
Interest Expense

(1.9)
  —   
($  10.7)

(3.5)
  —   
($  10.2)

(a)  As of December 31, 2012 the amount of existing losses in Accumulated OCI expected to be recognized in earnings over the next 

twelve months is $4.3 million.  

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging 

Relationships ...................................

Natural gas commodity 

contracts ................................

Foreign exchange contracts – 

purchases and sales ................
Interest rate swap contracts ........

Location of Gain (Loss)  Recognized 
in Income on Derivative (Ineffective 
Portion) (a)  

Cost of goods sold

SG&A expense
Interest expense

(a)  The amount recognized in income related to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationships was immaterial in 2012 and 

2011. No gains or losses are excluded from the assessment of the hedge effectiveness.  

The amount of gain recognized in income for derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments was $4.7 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2011. There was no gain or loss recognized in 2012.  

NOTE 22. GUARANTEES  
In connection with our disposition of certain assets through a variety of unrelated transactions, we have entered into contracts that 
included various indemnity provisions, some of which are customary for such transactions, while others hold the acquirer of the assets 
harmless with respect to liabilities relating to such matters as taxes, environmental and other litigation. Some of these provisions 
include exposure limits, but many do not. Due to the nature of the indemnities, it is not possible to estimate the potential maximum 
exposure under these contractual provisions. For contracts under which an indemnity claim has been received, a liability of $3.6 
million has been recorded as of December 31, 2012, which is included in environmental liabilities as disclosed in Note 31 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.  

NOTE 23. PRODUCT WARRANTIES  
We provide direct customer and end-user warranties for our products. These warranties cover manufacturing defects that would 
prevent the product from performing in line with its intended and marketed use. The terms of these warranties vary by product and 
generally provide for the repair or replacement of the defective product. We collect and analyze warranty claims data with a focus on 
the historic amount of claims, the products involved, the amount of time between the warranty claims and their respective sales and 
the amount of current sales.  
The following table summarizes the activity for the accrual of product warranties for December 31, 2012 and 2011:  

Balance at beginning of period ............................................... $ 
Reductions for payments ........................................................
Current year warranty accruals ..............................................
Preexisting warranty accrual changes ....................................
Effects of foreign exchange translation ..................................
Balance at end of period ......................................................... $ 

2012
12.1 
(15.1)
15.5 
(1.0)
—   
11.5 

2011  

11.9  
(16.5) 
17.2  
(0.4) 
(0.1) 
12.1  

$ 

$ 

70 

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
The warranty provision and related reserve are recorded as a reduction of sales and accounts receivable.  

NOTE 24. OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES  

Long-term deferred compensation arrangements ........ $ 
Long-term portion of derivative liabilities ..................
U.S. workers’ compensation .......................................
Postemployment benefit liabilities ..............................
Environmental liabilities .............................................
Other ...........................................................................
Total other long-term liabilities ................................... $ 

December 31, 
2012 
23.4 
25.7 
8.4 
7.2 
10.7 
11.2 
86.6 

December 31, 
2011 
24.7  
16.1  
10.3  
8.0  
7.3  
12.4  
78.8  

$ 

$ 

NOTE 25. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS  
The 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”) authorized us to issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock 
awards, stock units, performance-based awards and cash awards to officers and key employees, and was scheduled to terminate on 
October 2, 2016. On June 24, 2011 our shareholders approved an amendment and restatement of the 2006 Plan, resulting in the 2011 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”). The 2006 Plan originally authorized up to 5,349,000 shares of common stock for issuance, 
and the amendment authorized an additional 1,600,000 shares of common stock for issuance, for a total of 6,949,000, which includes 
all shares that have been issued under the 2006 Plan. The amendment also extended the expiration date of the LTIP to June 24, 2021, 
after which time no further awards may be made. As of December 31, 2012, 2,576,839 shares were available for future grants under 
the LTIP.  

Year Ended December 31, 2012  
Weighted- 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
term (years)  

Weighted- 
average 
exercise 
price  

Aggregate 
intrinsic 
value 
(millions)  

Number of 
shares 
(thousands)  

Option shares outstanding at beginning of period .......................
Options granted ...........................................................................
Option adjustment for dividend ...................................................
Option shares exercised ...............................................................
Options forfeited .........................................................................
Option shares outstanding at end of period .................................
Option shares exercisable at end of period ..................................
Option shares vested and expected to vest ..................................

2,024.2  $ 
510.2 
342.9 
(545.6)
(20.7)
2,311.0  $ 
1,151.5 
2,149.3 

28.30  
49.26  
28.69  
(22.34)    
(37.83)    
30.05  
22.98  
29.41  

$ 

16.3 

7.2  $ 
5.9  $ 
7.1  $ 

47.8 
32.0 
45.8 

Option shares outstanding at beginning of period .......................
Options granted ...........................................................................
Option shares exercised ...............................................................
Options forfeited .........................................................................
Options expired ...........................................................................
Option shares outstanding at end of period .................................
Option shares exercisable at end of period ..................................
Option shares vested and expected to vest ..................................

1,978.4  $ 
476.5 
(359.5)
(66.1)
(5.1)
2,024.2  $ 
1,149.1 
1,953.2 

24.02  
41.64  
(21.33)    
(34.89)    
(22.55)    
28.30  
23.08  
27.94  

Year Ended December 31, 2011  
Weighted- 
average 
remaining 
contractual 
term (years)  

Weighted- 
average 
exercise 
price  

Number of 
shares 
(thousands)  

Aggregate 
intrinsic 
value 
(millions)  

$ 

8.7 

7.0  $ 
5.6  $ 
6.9  $ 

31.6 
23.9 
31.2 

We have reserved sufficient authorized shares to allow us to issue new shares upon exercise of all outstanding options. Options 
generally become exercisable in two to four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant. When options are actually exercised, we 
may issue new shares, use treasury shares (if available), acquire shares held by investors, or a combination of these alternatives in 
order to satisfy the option exercises. The total grant date fair value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012 was 
$5.7 million. Cash proceeds received from options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $12.2 million.  

71 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The fair value of option grants was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average 
assumptions for the years 2012, 2011 and 2010 are presented in the table below.  

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted 

(dollars per option) 

Assumptions 
Risk free rate of return ....................................................................
Expected volatility ..........................................................................
Expected term (in years) .................................................................
Expected dividend yield..................................................................

2012

2011 

2010

$ 

20.29 

$ 

17.32  

$ 

15.44 

1.2%  
41.4%  

6.1 
0.0%  

2.4% 
39.5% 
6.0  
0.0% 

2.8%
38.1%
6.1 
0.0%

The risk free rate of return is determined based on the implied yield available on zero coupon U.S. Treasury bills at the time of grant 
with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. Because reorganized Armstrong’s stock has only been trading since 
the fourth quarter of 2006, the expected volatility is established based on an average of the actual historical volatilities of the stock 
prices of a peer group of companies. The expected life is the midpoint of the average vesting period and the contractual life of the 
grant. For the same reasons mentioned earlier we are using an allowable simplified method to determine an appropriate expected term 
for our option valuation assumptions. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero because, at the time of each grant, we had no 
plans to declare a dividend. The assumptions outlined above are applicable to all option grants.  

Under the terms of the LTIP, the Management Development and Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is required to 
make equitable adjustments to stock option grants if there is a change in our capital structure. The special cash dividend in March 
2012 qualified as a change to our capital structure under the terms of the LTIP. We used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to 
determine the fair value of the awards before and after the special cash dividend, using consistent assumptions for the risk free rate of 
return, expected term, expected volatility and expected dividend yield. The stock prices used in the before and after calculations were 
$57.38 (the New York Stock Exchange Volume Weighted Average Price (“NYSE VWAP”) on March 29, 2012, the day before the ex-
dividend date) and $49.21 (NYSE VWAP on March 30, 2012, the ex-dividend date), respectively. For all option grants, the fair value 
of the award before and after the dividend remained the same. Therefore there was no incremental cost recognized in our financial 
statements due to the resulting award adjustments described in the table below.  

Pre-Dividend Grant Terms

Post-Dividend Grant Terms

Year Granted 
2006 ..............................................................................................
2007 ..............................................................................................
2008 ..............................................................................................
2009 ..............................................................................................
2010 ..............................................................................................
2011 ..............................................................................................
2012 ..............................................................................................

Exercise Price  
$22.55
30.62
21.85
10.34

Number of 
Shares  
262,418 
83,452 
171,792 
100,209 
608,278  26.21 – 29.23  
434,674  38.65 – 47.47  
403,750 

50.38

Exercise Price 
$19.34
26.26
18.74
8.87

Number of 
Shares  
305,992 
97,306 
200,318 
116,851 
709,309  22.48 – 25.07
506,873  33.15 – 40.71
470,805 

43.21

The special cash dividend in December 2010 also qualified as a change to our capital structure under the terms of the 2006 Plan. We 
used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the awards before and after the special cash dividend, using 
consistent assumptions for the risk free rate of return, expected term, expected volatility and expected dividend yield. The stock prices 
used in the before and after calculations were $52.86 (the NYSE VWAP on December 10, 2010, the day before the ex-dividend date) 
and $40.59 (the NYSE VWAP on December 13, 2010, the ex-dividend date), respectively. For all option grants, the fair value of the 
award before and after the dividend remained the same. Therefore, there was no incremental cost recognized in our financial 
statements due to these award modifications. The following changes were made to the options outstanding as a result of this change:  

Pre-Dividend Grant Terms

Post-Dividend Grant Terms

Year Granted 
2006 ...............................................................................................
2007 ...............................................................................................
2008 ...............................................................................................
2009 ...............................................................................................
2010 ...............................................................................................

72 

Exercise Price  
$29.37
39.88

Number 
of Shares  
707,535 
64,100 
151,904  28.45 – 36.74  
107,779 
502,682  34.13 – 38.06  

13.46

Exercise Price 
$22.55
30.62

Number 
of Shares  
921,281 
83,452 
197,834  21.85 – 28.21
140,371 
654,673  26.21 – 29.23

10.34

 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have also granted restricted stock and restricted stock units. These awards generally had vesting periods of three to four years at 
the grant date. A summary of the 2012 and 2011 activity related to these awards follows:  

December 31, 2010 .............................................
Granted ......................................................
Vested ........................................................
Forfeited ....................................................

December 31, 2011 .............................................
Granted ......................................................
Vested ........................................................
Forfeited ....................................................

December 31, 2012 .............................................

Non-Vested Stock Awards  

Number of shares  
72,951 
72,104 
(13,482)
(3,396)

128,177 
51,470 
(39,444)
(12,317)

127,886 

Weighted- 
average fair value 
at grant date  
36.52  
41.56  
(36.38) 
(41.47) 
39.20  
50.30  
(38.17) 
(46.01) 
43.32  

$ 

$ 

$ 

In addition to options and restricted stock and restricted stock units, we have also granted performance restricted stock and 
performance restricted stock units. These awards generally had vesting periods of two to four years at the grant date. A summary of 
the 2012 and 2011 activity related to these awards follows:  

December 31, 2010 .............................................
Granted ......................................................
Vested ........................................................
Forfeited ....................................................

December 31, 2011 .............................................
Granted ......................................................
Vested ........................................................
Forfeited ....................................................

December 31, 2012 .............................................

Non-Vested Performance Stock Awards  

Number of shares  
272,027 
162,756 
(3,311)
(63,093)

368,379 
140,400 
(179,056)
(36,248)

293,475 

Weighted- 
average fair value 
at grant date  
38.09  
41.66  
(40.67) 
(38.67) 
39.54  
50.33  
(38.40) 
(40.85) 
45.24  

$ 

$ 

$ 

In 2012 and 2011, we granted both restricted stock awards and performance based awards to the participants in our long term 
incentive plan. The restricted stock awards entitle the recipient to a specified number of shares of Armstrong’s common stock 
provided the prescribed three year service period is fulfilled. The performance based stock awards entitle the recipient to a specified 
number of shares of Armstrong’s common stock provided the defined financial targets are achieved at the end of 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. In addition to these awards, in 2010, we granted our Chief Executive Officer performance restricted stock units vesting 
equally on December 31, 2012 and 2013, provided that specified stock price targets are achieved. During 2011, the performance target 
for the grant vesting December 31, 2012 was achieved. Additionally, in January 2013, the performance target for the grant vesting 
December 31, 2013 was achieved.  

In addition to the equity awards described above, as of December 31, 2012 we had 20,616 fully-vested phantom shares outstanding for 
non-employee directors under the 2006 Phantom Stock Unit Plan. These awards are settled in cash and generally had vesting periods 
of one to three years. The awards are generally payable six months following the director’s separation from service. The total liability 
recorded for these shares as of December 31, 2012 was $1.8 million which includes associated dividends. The awards under the 2006 
Phantom Stock Unit Plan are not reflected in the Non-Vested Stock Awards tables above. The 2006 Phantom Stock Unit Plan is still in 
place; however, no additional shares will be granted under the plan.  

During 2008, we adopted the 2008 Directors Stock Unit Plan. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were 127,689 and 105,427 
restricted units, respectively, outstanding under the 2008 Directors Stock Unit Plan. In 2012 and 2011, we granted 22,262 and 22,590 
restricted stock units, respectively, to non-employee directors. These awards generally have a vesting period of one year, and as of 
December 31, 2012 and 2011, 97,427 and 68,879 shares, respectively, were vested but not yet delivered. The awards are generally 
payable six months following the director’s separation from service. During 2011, we released 28,884 shares to five retired directors. 
Additionally, as a result of these retirements, the directors forfeited 8,042 shares in 2011. The awards granted under the 2008 Directors 
Stock Unit Plan are not reflected in the Non-Vested Stock Awards table above.  

73 

 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
We recognize share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Share-based compensation cost was 
$16.2 million ($11.2 million net of tax benefit) in 2012; $11.2 million ($7.5 million net of tax benefit) in 2011, and $5.6 million ($3.7 
million net of tax benefit) in 2010. Share-based compensation expense is recorded as a component of SG&A expenses. The benefits of 
tax deductions in excess of grant date fair value from the exercise of stock options and vesting of share-based awards for the years 
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $3.7 million and $3.0 million, respectively. To the extent the vesting date value is greater 
than the grant date value, the excess tax benefit is a credit to additional paid in capital (“APIC”), but only if it reduces income tax 
currently payable. Due to our NOL, the credit to APIC will be suspended until the NOL is fully utilized.  

As of December 31, 2012, there was $16.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based 
compensation arrangements. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.  

NOTE 26. EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION  
Employee compensation is presented in the table below. Charges for severance costs and early retirement incentives to terminated 
employees that were otherwise recorded as restructuring charges have been excluded.  

Wages,salaries and incentive compensation ................................... $ 
Payroll taxes ...................................................................................
Pension expense (credits), net .........................................................
Insurance and other benefit costs ....................................................
Share-based compensation ..............................................................

$ 

2012

509.7 
55.4 
14.2 
43.9 
16.2 

Total ................................................................................................ $ 

639.4 

$ 

2011  
542.0  
58.3  
(2.1) 
46.8  
11.2  
656.2  

$ 

2010

587.3 
61.0 
(25.8)
53.1 
5.6 

$ 

681.2 

The significant reduction in wages and salaries from 2010 to 2012 is primarily due to our headcount reduction efforts. In addition, 
2010 included $11.2 million for severance and related expenses to reflect the separation costs for our former Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer.  

From 2010 to 2012 the net pension credit has significantly decreased due to discount rate changes and decreases in the expected return 
on assets assumptions. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  

NOTE 27. LEASES  
We rent certain real estate and equipment. Several leases include options for renewal or purchase, and contain clauses for payment of 
real estate taxes and insurance. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or 
replaced by other leases.  

Rent expense ........................................................................................ $ 
Sublease (income) ................................................................................
Net rent expense .................................................................................. $ 

2012
20.1 
(2.8)
17.3 

2011 
18.6  
(1.4) 
17.2  

$ 

$ 

2010
19.8 
(3.0)
16.8 

$ 

$ 

Future minimum payments at December 31, 2012 by year and in the aggregate, having non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one 
year are as follows:  

Total 
Minimum 
Lease 
Payments  

Sublease 
(Income)  

Net Minimum 
Lease 
Payments  

Scheduled minimum lease payments 
2013 ......................................................................................... $ 
2014 .........................................................................................
2015 .........................................................................................
2016 .........................................................................................
2017 .........................................................................................
Thereafter .................................................................................

($ 

8.9 
7.0 
5.7 
2.4 
1.1 
3.3 

Total ......................................................................................... $ 

28.4 

($ 

2.0) 
(1.4) 
(1.0) 
(0.2) 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 
4.9) 

$ 

6.9 
5.6 
4.7 
2.2 
1.0 
3.1 

$ 

23.5 

Assets under capital leases at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are not material.  

74 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTE 28. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
There were no treasury shares at December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2011.  

The balance of each component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss), net of tax as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is presented 
in the table below.  

Foreign currency translation adjustments .................... $ 
Derivative (loss), net ...................................................
Pension and postretirement adjustments .....................
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) ................... ($ 

December 31, 
2012  
30.1 
(19.2)
(482.3)
471.4)

December 31, 
2011  
23.1  
(14.0) 
(424.1) 
415.0) 

$ 

($ 

The amounts and related tax effects allocated to each component of other comprehensive income (loss) for 2012, 2011, and 2010 are 
presented in the table below.  

Pre-tax 
Amount  

Tax Benefit  

After-tax 
Amount  

2012 
Foreign currency translation adjustments ................................... $ 
Derivative (loss), net ...................................................................
Pension and postretirement adjustments .....................................
Total other comprehensive (loss) ................................................

($ 

2011 
Foreign currency translation adjustments .................................. ($ 
Derivative (loss), net ..................................................................
Pension and postretirement adjustments ....................................
Total other comprehensive (loss) ............................................... ($ 

2010 
Foreign currency translation adjustments ................................... $ 
Derivative gain, net .....................................................................
Pension and postretirement adjustments .....................................
Purchase of non-controlling interest ...........................................
Total other comprehensive (loss) ................................................

($ 

NOTE 29. SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

7.0 
(8.0)
(68.5)
69.5)

Pre-tax 
Amount  

1.6)
(14.4)
(122.3)
138.3)

Pre-tax 
Amount  

0.3 
0.7 
(28.4)
1.1 
26.3)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

($ 

($ 

Selected operating expense 
Maintenance and repair costs ............................................................... $ 
Research and development costs .........................................................
Advertising costs .................................................................................
Other non-operating expense 
Foreign currency transaction loss, net of hedging activity .................. $ 
Other ....................................................................................................
Total ..................................................................................................... $ 
Other non-operating income 
Interest income..................................................................................... $ 
Foreign currency transaction gain, net of hedging activity ..................
Other ....................................................................................................
Total ..................................................................................................... $ 

2012

90.8 
30.3 
12.2 

0.3 
0.2 
0.5 

3.1 
0.4 
  —   
3.5 

75 

—    
2.8  
10.3  
13.1  

$ 

($ 

7.0 
(5.2)
(58.2)
56.4)

Tax Benefit  

After-tax 
Amount  

—    
5.4  
43.6  
49.0  

Tax Benefit  

0.6) 
(0.2) 
(0.8) 
—    
1.6) 

2011  

95.0  
29.2  
16.6  

0.6  
0.7  
1.3  

2.8  
0.2  
0.8  
3.8  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

($ 

($ 

($ 

($ 

1.6)
(9.0)
(78.7)
89.3)

After-tax 
Amount  

0.3)
0.5 
(29.2)
1.1 
27.9)

2010

93.6 
32.9 
27.1 

1.1 
0.1 
1.2 

7.1 
0.7 
0.2 
8.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTE 30. RELATED PARTIES  
We purchase grid products from WAVE, our 50%-owned joint venture with Worthington Industries. The total amount of these 
purchases was approximately $89 million in 2012, $93 million in 2011, and $79 million in 2010. We also provide certain selling, 
promotional and administrative processing services to WAVE for which we receive reimbursement. Those services amounted to $14.6 
million in 2012, $15.0 million in 2011, and $15.2 million in 2010. The net amounts due from us to WAVE for all of our relationships 
were $2.6 million and $2.0 million at the end of 2012 and 2011, respectively. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for additional information.  

During 2012, we incurred approximately $0.1 million in consulting fees related to services provided by an affiliate of TPG. We also 
incurred approximately $3.1 million in consulting fees related to services provided by a TPG affiliate in 2010. The amount due, from 
us to the TPG affiliates, was $0.1 million at the end of 2012. There were no consulting services provided by TPG affiliates in 2011. 
See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.  

NOTE 31. LITIGATION AND RELATED MATTERS  
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 
Environmental Compliance  
Our manufacturing and research facilities are affected by various federal, state and local requirements relating to the discharge of 
materials and the protection of the environment. We make expenditures necessary for compliance with applicable environmental 
requirements at each of our operating facilities. These regulatory requirements continually change, therefore we cannot predict with 
certainty future expenditures associated with compliance with environmental requirements. 

Environmental Sites  
Summary  
We are actively involved in the investigation, closure and/or remediation of existing or potential environmental contamination under 
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), and state or international Superfund and 
similar type environmental laws at several domestically- and internationally-owned, formerly owned and non-owned locations 
allegedly resulting from past industrial activity. In a few cases, we are one of several potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) and have 
agreed to jointly fund the required investigation and remediation, while preserving our defenses to the liability. We may also have 
rights of contribution or reimbursement from other parties or coverage under applicable insurance policies.  

Estimates of our future liability at the environmental sites are based on evaluations of currently available facts regarding each 
individual site. We consider factors such as our activities associated with the site, existing technology, presently enacted laws and 
regulations and prior company experience in remediating contaminated sites. Although current law imposes joint and several liability 
on all parties at Superfund sites, our contribution to the remediation of these sites is expected to be limited by the number of other 
companies potentially liable for site remediation. As a result, our estimated liability reflects only our expected share. In determining 
the probability of contribution, we consider the solvency of other parties, the site activities of other parties, whether liability is being 
disputed, the terms of any existing agreements and experience with similar matters, and the effect of our Chapter 11 reorganization 
upon the validity of the claim.  

Specific Material Events  
St Helens, OR  
In August 2010, we entered into a Consent Order (the “Consent Order”) with the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality 
(“ODEQ”), along with Kaiser Gypsum Company, Inc. (“Kaiser”), and Owens Corning Sales LLC (“OC”), with respect to our St. 
Helens, OR Building Products facility, which was previously owned by Kaiser and then OC. The Consent Order, which replaces a 
previous order of the ODEQ requiring us to investigate and remediate hazardous substances present at the facility, requires that we 
and Kaiser complete a remedial investigation and feasibility study (“RI/FS”) on the portion of the site owned by us (“Owned 
Property”). The Consent Order further requires us, Kaiser and OC to conduct an RI/FS in the adjacent Scappoose Bay. We are  

currently in an investigation phase for both the Owned Property and the Scappoose Bay and are actively conducting sampling and 
analysis at these sites. We anticipate submitting a Remedial Investigation Report and Human Health and Ecological Risk Assessments 
to ODEQ in 2013. At this time, we have determined that it is probable that remedial action for certain portions of the Owned Property 
will be required. The current estimate of our future liability at the site includes the known investigation work required by the Consent 
Order and the current projected cost of possible remedies for certain portions of the Owned Property. At this time, we are unable to 
reasonably estimate any remediation costs that we may ultimately incur with respect to other portions of the Owned Property or the 
Scappoose Bay, although such costs may be material. If additional investigative or remedial action is required by ODEQ, it could 
result in additional costs greater than the amounts currently estimated and those costs may be material.  

76 

 
  
Costs and responsibilities for investigation, including the current RI/FS of the Owned Property continue to be shared with Kaiser 
pursuant to a cost sharing agreement with Kaiser. Contemporaneously with the execution of the Consent Order, we, Kaiser and OC 
also entered into a separate cost sharing agreement for both the investigation and possible remediation of the Scappoose Bay. Kaiser’s 
shares under the cost sharing agreements are being funded by certain insurance policies, which comprise substantially all of Kaiser’s 
assets. If Kaiser and OC are unwilling or unable to fulfill their obligations under the cost sharing agreements, or seek to contest or 
challenge the allocations, or if Kaiser’s insurance policies are unable to fund Kaiser’s shares, it could result in additional cost to us 
greater than the amounts currently estimated and those costs may be material.  

The principal contaminants at the St. Helens site are arsenic and dioxin compounds from historic operations by prior owners of the 
plant. As part of the investigation on the site pursuant to the Consent Order, we conducted an analysis of the raw materials used in our 
manufacturing processes at the St. Helens facility to identify possible sources of these same contaminants. Our testing found low 
levels of naturally occurring dioxin in sourced clay, known as ball clay, used in the production of some of our fire-retardant products 
at our St. Helens manufacturing facility. Based on the data from the soil and sediment samples from our St. Helens property and the 
data from the ball clay, we do not believe that the presence of dioxin in our raw material will have a material impact on our ultimate 
liability at the site. In addition, consistent with our health and safety policies, we tested employee exposure levels at two facilities 
representative of our handling procedures at all plants that use this ball clay and, as a result of such testing, do not believe that the ball 
clay poses a hazard to our employees based on applicable regulatory standards. Based on the manufacturing process and the amount of 
raw material utilized, we also believe that the dioxin levels in our finished products do not pose a hazard to installers or consumers. 
While we have not received any claims related to this raw material or our fire-retardant products, there can be no assurance that the 
raw material or the finished products will not become the subject of legal claims or regulatory actions or that such claims or actions 
will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  

Macon, GA 
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has listed two landfills located on a portion of our Building Products facility in 
Macon, GA, along with the former Macon Naval Ordnance Plant landfill adjacent to our property, and portions of Rocky Creek 
(collectively, the “Macon Site”) as a Superfund site on the National Priorities List due to the presence of contaminants, most notably 
PCBs. In September 2010, we entered into an Administrative Order on Consent for a Removal Action with the EPA to investigate 
PCB contamination in one of the landfills on our property, the Wastewater Treatment Plant Landfill (the “WWTP Landfill”) that is a 
portion of the Superfund Site. We are currently in the process of concluding an investigative phase of the Removal Action for the 
WWTP Landfill. We submitted our final Engineering Evaluation/Cost Analysis to the EPA in the third quarter of 2012, and we expect 
the EPA to finalize the remedy later in 2013. Our current estimate of future liability includes costs for remedial work for the WWTP 
Landfill. Additionally, it is probable that we will incur field investigation, engineering and oversight costs associated with a RI/FS 
with respect to the remainder of the Superfund site, including Rocky Creek (the “Remaining Site”). We have not yet entered into an 
Order with the EPA for the Remaining Site and, as a result, have not yet commenced an investigation of this portion of the site. At this 
time, we are able to estimate only a small portion of the probable costs that may be associated with the RI/FS for the Remaining Site. 
It is anticipated that significant investigative work may be required by the EPA for the Remaining Site. Additionally, we, as well as 
other parties, may ultimately incur costs in remediating any contamination discovered during the RI/FS. At this time, it is not possible 
to reasonably estimate the total costs associated with the investigation work, or any resulting remediation therefrom, although such 
amounts may be material. 

Mobile, AL 
In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded a liability for probable and estimable costs associated with the clean closure of a non-
hazardous containment pond located on the property of our previously idled Mobile, AL Building Products plant. We have received 
approval of the closure plan from the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (“ADEM”) and have commenced work. As 
the work progresses, additional closure actions may become known and reasonably estimable. We are unable to anticipate any 
additional closure actions that may be required by the ADEM, although amounts associated with such actions may be material. 

Elizabeth City, NC  
This site is a former cabinet manufacturing facility that was operated by Triangle Pacific Corporation, now known as Armstrong 
Wood Products, Inc. (“Triangle Pacific”) from 1977 until 1996. The site was formerly owned by the U.S. Navy (“Navy”) and 
Westinghouse, now CBS Corporation (“CBS”). We assumed ownership of the site when we acquired the stock of Triangle Pacific in 
1998. Prior to our acquisition, the NC Department of Environment and Natural Resources listed the site as a hazardous waste site. In 
1997, Triangle Pacific entered into a cost sharing agreement with Westinghouse whereby the parties agreed to share equally in costs 
associated with investigation and potential remediation. In 2000, Triangle Pacific and CBS entered into an RI/FS with the EPA for the 
site. In 2007, we and CBS entered into an agreement with the Navy whereby the Navy agreed to pay one third of defined past and 
future site costs up to $1.5 million. Although the parties initially submitted the RI/FS work plan to the EPA in 2004, the EPA did not 
approve the RI/FS work plan until August 2011. We are currently in an investigation phase with respect to this site. Current estimated 
liabilities for this site include only our share of the probable costs for investigative work required by the EPA. At this time, it is not 
possible to reasonably estimate any additional investigative costs or determine whether remediation will be required. If remediation is 
required, such costs may be material. 

77 

 
Summary of Financial Position  
Liabilities of $10.7 million and $7.3 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, were recorded for potential 
environmental liabilities, on a global basis, that we consider probable and for which a reasonable estimate of the probable liability 
could be made. Where existing data is sufficient to estimate the liability, that estimate has been used; where only a range of probable 
liabilities is available and no amount within that range is more likely than any other, the lower end of the range has been used. As 
assessments and remediation activities progress at each site, these liabilities are reviewed to reflect new information as it becomes 
available. These liabilities are undiscounted. 

The estimated liabilities above do not take into account any claims for recoveries from insurance or third parties. It is our policy to 
record probable recoveries that are either available through settlement or anticipated to be recovered through negotiation or litigation 
as assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. No amounts were recorded for probable recoveries at December 31, 2012 or 
December 31, 2011.  

Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites may vary from our estimates. Based on our current knowledge of the identified sites, it is 
not possible to reasonably estimate future costs in excess of amounts already recognized. 

MULTI-EMPLOYER PENSION WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY CLAIM  
On February 15, 2013, we received a demand notice from the Carpenters Labor-Management Pension Fund (“Fund”) of a deemed 
withdrawal relating to the sale of our cabinet business to AIP in 2012. The Fund claims that the sale triggered a withdrawal liability to 
the Fund relating to unfunded vested plan benefits attributable to our role as a contributing employer under the Employee Retirement 
Income Security Act of 1974 and the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, notwithstanding the assumption and 
maintenance by AIP of ongoing contribution obligations under the applicable union bargaining agreement. The claimed amount is 
$15.2 million, payable in a lump-sum or over 20 years on a quarterly basis. Pursuant to the notice, we have the opportunity to review 
the determination with the Fund, identify any inaccuracies in the determination of the claimed amount of unfunded vested plan 
benefits allocated to us, and to furnish any relevant information to the Fund within 90 days. We intend to pursue these opportunities 
and are currently evaluating the matter. Accordingly, we do not believe that a withdrawal liability is probable and estimable at this 
time. If any liability is ultimately determined to exist, an accrual would be recorded within Discontinued Operations due to the 
association with the divestiture of the cabinets business. We do not believe that the ultimate disposition of this matter will have a 
material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.  

Prior to the cabinets business divestiture, we made contributions of $0.8 million to the Fund during 2012.  

OTHER CLAIMS  
We are involved in various lawsuits, claims, investigations and other legal matters from time to time that arise in the ordinary course 
of conducting business, including matters involving our products, intellectual property, relationships with suppliers, distributors, 
relationships with competitors, employees and other matters. While complete assurance cannot be given to the outcome of these 
proceedings, we do not currently believe that any of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect 
on our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.  

NOTE 32. EARNINGS PER SHARE  
Earnings per share components may not add due to rounding.  
The following table is a reconciliation of net earnings to net earnings attributable to common shares used in our basic and diluted EPS 
calculations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:  

Earnings from continuing operations ................................................ $ 
Earnings allocated to participating non-vested share awards ............
Earnings from continuing operations attributable to common 

shares ........................................................................................... $ 

143.4 

$ 

112.0  

$ 

15.1 

2012
144.4 
(1.0)

$ 

2011  
112.8  
(0.8) 

2010
15.1 
$ 
  —   

The following table is a reconciliation of basic shares outstanding to diluted shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 
2012, 2011, and 2010 (shares in millions):  

Basic shares outstanding ............................................................................
Dilutive effect of stock option awards .......................................................
Diluted shares outstanding .........................................................................

2012
58.9 
0.6 
59.5 

2011  
58.3  
0.5  
58.8  

2010
57.7 
0.5 
58.2 

78 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Options to purchase 26,610, 218,765 and 259,773 shares of common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 
2010, respectively, but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, because the options were anti-dilutive.  

NOTE 33. SPECIAL CASH DIVIDEND  
On March 23, 2012, our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend in the amount of $8.55 per share, or $508 million in the 
aggregate, of which $502.9 million was paid on April 10, 2012 to the shareholders of record as of April 3, 2012. Payment of an 
additional $1.5 million was made during the remainder of 2012. The unpaid portion of the dividend relates to unvested employee 
shares and units, and is reflected in current liabilities ($1.6 million) and other long term liabilities ($2.2 million) and will be paid when 
the underlying shares and units vest. The dividend was funded in part by existing cash and in part by the proceeds of additional debt 
issued under our Term Loan B.  

On November 23, 2010 our Board of Directors declared a special cash dividend in the amount of $13.74 per share, or $803 million in 
the aggregate. The special cash dividend of $798.6 million was paid on December 10, 2010 to shareholders of record as of 
December 3, 2010. Approximately $3 million was paid during 2012 when employee shares and units vested. The unpaid portion of the 
dividend, $1.4 million as of December 31, 2012, is reflected in current liabilities ($0.9 million) and other long term liabilities ($0.5 
million) and will be paid when the underlying shares and units vest. The dividend was funded in part by the proceeds of the term loans 
remaining after repayment of previous debt and in part with existing cash.  

The dividends were recorded as a reduction of retained earnings to the extent that retained earnings were available at the dividend 
declaration dates. Dividends in excess of retained earnings were recorded as a reduction of capital in excess of par value.  

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE  
Not applicable.  

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  
Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, performed an evaluation of our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange 
Act”)) as of December 31, 2012. Our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls 
and procedures were effective insofar as they are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed 
by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time 
periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our 
principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure. We believe that a controls system, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute 
assurance that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all 
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.  

Except as described below, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter 
ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial 
reporting.  

In an effort to add consistency to our business systems and processes in the fourth quarter of 2012 we implemented SAP systems in 
some of our European Building Products facilities. In connection with the SAP implementation, we performed significant pre-
implementation planning, design and testing. We continued oversight and testing during the implementation to ensure the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. We will continue with our system implementation in some of our European 
Building Products facilities during 2013. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
are incorporated by reference to Item 8.  

79 

 
  
PART III  

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Election of Directors,” “Corporate 
Governance,” “Code of Ethics,” “Management” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s 
proxy statement for its 2013 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed no later than April 30, 2013.  

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  
The information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” 
“Compensation Committee Report,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Outstanding Equity Awards 
at Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “Pension Benefits,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation,” “Potential 
Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control,” “Board of Directors – Board’s Role in Risk Management Oversight,” 
“Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation of Directors” in the Company’s proxy statement 
for its 2013 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed no later than April 30, 2013.  

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  
Except as set forth below, the information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Security 
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of Management” in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2013 
annual meeting of shareholders to be filed no later than April 30, 2013.  

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION  

This table provides information on Armstrong’s equity compensation plans. On June 24, 2011 our shareholders approved an 
amendment and restatement of the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, resulting in the 2011 Long-Term Incentive plan. The figures in 
column (a) represent stock options to purchase Armstrong Common Shares granted under the Company’s 2006 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan which are now considered to have been issued under the 2011 Long-Term Incentive plan. The figures in columns (b) and 
(c) relate to the same Plan. The Common Shares in column (c) have been adjusted to reflect the Common Shares tendered from share 
tax withholding. All figures are as of December 31, 2012 as specified by SEC regulations.  

(a) Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants, and rights  

(b) Weighted-average
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants, and rights 

(c) Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance under 
equity compensation plans (excluding 
securities reflected in column (a)  

Equity compensation plans 
approved by security  
holders ....................................

Equity compensation plans not 

approved by security  
holders ....................................
Totals ..........................................

2,310,950 

$ 

30.05 

0 
2,310,950 

  Not Applicable 
30.05 
$ 

2,576,839  

0  
2,576,839 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Certain Relationships and Related 
Transactions” and “Director Independence” in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2013 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed 
no later than April 30, 2013.  

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Audit Committee Report” and “Relationship 
with Independent Auditors” in the Company’s proxy statement for its 2013 annual meeting of shareholders to be filed no later than 
April 30, 2013.  

80 

 
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
PART IV  

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  
(a) Listing of Documents  
1. 

The financial statements and schedule of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. filed as a part of this 2012 Annual Report on Form 
10-K is listed in the “Index to Financial Statements and Schedules” on Page 40.  
The financial statements required to be filed pursuant to Item 15 of Form 10-K are:  
Worthington Armstrong Venture consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 
(filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1).  
The following exhibits are filed as part of this 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

2. 

3. 

Exhibit No. 

Description 

2 

3.1 

3.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization dated May 23, 2003 (as modified by 
modifications filed with the Bankruptcy Court on October 17, 2003, November 10, 2003, December 3, 2004 and 
February 21, 2006) is incorporated by reference from the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 24, 
2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 2.3.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is incorporated by reference 
from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 3.1.

Bylaws of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as amended, are incorporated by reference from the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on August 6, 2010, wherein they appeared as Exhibit 3.1.

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010, among the company, the other borrower and 
guarantors named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the other lenders party 
thereto, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, Barclays Bank PLC, as documentation agent, and Merrill 
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. and Barclays Capital, the investment banking 
division of Barclays Bank, PLC, as co-lead arrangers and joint book makers, is incorporated by reference from the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1. 

Amendment No. 1 dated as March 10, 2011, of the Credit Agreement by and among the Company, the other borrower 
and the guarantors named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, is incorporated by reference 
from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 11, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.

Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 22, 2012, of the Credit Agreement by and among the Company, and Armstrong 
Wood Products, Inc., as borrowers, the guarantors identified therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative 
agent for and on behalf of the lenders party thereto, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on March 23, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.    

Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010, by and among the Company, the grantors 
named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2.

Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010, by and among the Company, the pledgors 
named therein and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3.

Amended and Restated Canadian Pledge Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010, by and among the Company and 
Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent, incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 24, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.4.

Equitable Mortgage of Shares dated February 12, 2007, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as 
administrative agent and collateral agent, is incorporated by reference on from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 24, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.5.

Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10, 2010, by and among the Company, as initial servicer and 
collection agent, Armstrong Receivables Company LLC, as seller, Atlantic Asset Securitization LLC, as conduit 
purchaser, and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as administrative agent, an issuer of letters of credit 
and related committed purchaser, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 
14, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.

81 

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 
10.9 

Description 
Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 10, 2010, by and among the Company, as originator and as initial 
servicer, Armstrong Hardwood Flooring Company, as originator, and Armstrong Receivables Company LLC, is 
incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2010, wherein it appeared as 
Exhibit 10.2. 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

Omnibus Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of August 1, 
2011, by and among the Company, Armstrong Receivables Company LLC, Armstrong Hardwood Flooring Company, 
Atlantic Asset Securitization LLC, and Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, is incorporated by reference 
from the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.9.

Second Omnibus Amendment to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of 
December 21, 2011, by and among the Company, Armstrong Receivables Company LLC, as seller, Armstrong 
Hardwood Flooring Company, as originator, Atlantic Asset Securitization LLC, as resigning conduit purchaser, Credit 
Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, as resigning administrative agent, resigning related committed purchaser and 
resigning LC bank, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as successor administrative agent, successor related committed 
purchaser and successor LC bank, and Liberty Street Funding LLC, as successor conduit purchaser, is incorporated by 
reference from the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.10.

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust Agreement dated as of October 2, 2006, 
by and among Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and trustees, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2.    

Stockholder and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2006, by and between Armstrong World 
Industries, Inc. and the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust is incorporated by 
reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3.

Stipulation and Agreement with Respect to Claims of Armstrong Holdings, Inc. and Armstrong Worldwide, Inc.; and 
Motion for Order Approving Stipulation and Agreement are incorporated by reference from the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2007, wherein they appeared as Exhibits 99.2 and 99.3, respectively.

Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated July 30, 2009, between Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and TPG Capital, L.P. is 
incorporated by reference from the Schedule 13D filed by TPG Advisors VI, Inc., TPG Advisors V, Inc., David 
Bonderman and James G. Coulter on August 11, 2009, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 3. 

Undertaking Letter from TPG Capital L.P., dated August 10, 2009, to Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is incorporated 
by reference from the Schedule 14D-9 filed by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. on September 15, 2009, wherein it 
appeared as Exhibit (e)(4). 

Underwriting Agreement, dated November 7, 2012, by and among Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Merrill Lynch, 
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as representative of the several underwriters, and The Armstrong World 
Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust and Armor TPG Holdings, L.P., as the selling shareholders, 
is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2012, wherein it appeared as 
Exhibit 1.1. 

Joint Venture Agreement, dated March 23, 1992 between Armstrong Ventures, Inc. and Worthington Ventures, Inc.†

Management Achievement Plan for Key Executives, effective as of November 28, 1983, as amended April 30, 2007, 
December 8, 2008, and June 24, 2011, is incorporated by reference to Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s definitive 
proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders held 
on June 24, 2011, filed on April 28, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit B.*

2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended February 23, 2009, is incorporated by reference from the 2008 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 26, 2009, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.13.* 

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.5.* 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.6.* 

Form of restricted stock and/or option award under 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan notice of is incorporated by 
reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.7.*

82 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 
10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

10.39 

Description 

Form of restricted stock award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from the 2007 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2008, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.35.*     

Form of stock option award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008, filed on May 1, 2008, wherein it appeared as  
Exhibit 10.37.* 

Stock option award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan to Thomas B. Mangas is incorporated by reference from 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.* 

Form of stock option award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan used in connection with awards to Messrs. 
McNamara and Ready is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2010, wherein 
it appeared as Exhibit 10.2.* 

Stock option and performance restricted stock unit awards under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan to Donald R. Maier 
dated September 7, 2010, is incorporated by reference from the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012, 
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.25.* 

Form of stock option and restricted stock unit award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan used in connection with 
awards to Messrs. Kane and Grizzle in connection with new hire grants, is incorporated by reference from the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.26.* 

Forms of stock option and performance restricted stock unit award under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan used in 
connection with March 2011 grants to officers (except Donald R. Maier) and new hire grant for Mark A. Hershey, is 
incorporated by reference from the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012, wherein it appeared as 
Exhibit 10.27.* 

2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan, effective as of June 24, 2011, is incorporated by reference to Armstrong World 
Industries, Inc.’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A for the Armstrong World Industries, Inc 2011 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders held on June 24, 2011 filed on April 28, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit A.*

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Nonqualified Stock Options — U.S. 
(Executive Officer), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2012, 
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.* 

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Nonqualified Stock Options — U.S.), is 
incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2012, wherein it appeared as 
Exhibit 10.2.* 

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Nonqualified Stock Options — Non-U.S. 
(Executive Officer)), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2012, 
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3.* 

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Time-Based Restricted Stock Units – U.S.), is 
incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2012, wherein it appeared as 
Exhibit 10.4.* 

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Time-Based Restricted Stock Units – Payable 
in Cash – Non-U.S.), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2012, 
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.5.*    

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Time-Based Restricted Stock Units – Payable 
in Shares – Non-U.S.), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2012, 
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.6.* 

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units – 
Payable in Shares – U.S. (Executive Officer)), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
filed on April 30, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.7.*

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units – 
Payable in Shares – U.S.), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2012, 
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.8.* 

83 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

10.45 

10.46 

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

10.50 

10.51 

10.52 

10.53 

10.54 

10.55 

10.56 

10.57 

10.58 

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units – 
Payable in Cash – Non-U.S.), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 
2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.9.*

Form of 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions (Grant of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units – 
Payable in Shares – Non-U.S. (Executive Officer)), is incorporated by reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q filed on April 30, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.10.*

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan effective January 2005, as amended July 23, 2010, is incorporated by 
reference from the 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 28, 2011, wherein in appeared as Exhibit 10.4.*

Bonus Replacement Retirement Plan, effective as of January 1, 1998, as amended January 1, 2007, is incorporated by 
reference from the 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2008, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.9.*

Retirement Benefit Equity Plan, effective January 1, 2005, as amended October 29, 2007 and December 8, 2008, is 
incorporated by reference from the 2008 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 26, 2009, wherein it appeared 
as Exhibit 10.2.* 

2006 Phantom Stock Unit Plan, as amended December 8, 2008, is incorporated by reference from the 2008 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, filed on February 26, 2009, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.18.* 

2006 Phantom Stock Unit Agreement is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
October 26, 2006, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3. A Schedule of Participating Directors is incorporated by reference 
from the 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on March 30, 2007, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.36.*

2007 Award under the 2006 Phantom Stock Unit Agreement and the Schedule of Participating Directors are incorporated 
by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 23, 2007, wherein they appeared as Exhibits 10.1 
and 10.2, respectively. * 

Schedule of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Nonemployee Directors Compensation Summary is incorporated by 
reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed on August 6, 2010, wherein 
it appeared as Exhibit 10.5.* 

Schedule of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Nonemployee Directors Compensation Summary is incorporated by 
reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 99.1.*

The 2008 Directors Stock Unit Plan, as amended December 8, 2008, November 30, 2010 and June 24, 2011 is 
incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 
99.2.* 

Form of 2009 Award under the 2008 Director Stock Unit Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, filed on October 28, 2009, wherein it 
appeared as Exhibit 10.27.* 

Form of 2010 Award under the 2008 Directors Stock Unit Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, filed on October 28, 2009, wherein it 
appeared as Exhibit 10.27.* 

Form of 2011 and 2012 Award under the 2008 Directors Stock Unit Plan, as amended, is incorporated by reference from 
the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.40.* 

Employment Agreement with Matthew J. Espe dated June 24, 2010, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report 
filed on Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.*

Letter Agreement with Matthew J. Espe dated December 31, 2012, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report 
filed on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2013, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.4.*

Offer Letter to Thomas B. Mangas dated December 23, 2009, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on January 8, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 99.2.*

Letter to Frank J. Ready dated January 8, 2010, incorporated by reference from the 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K, 
filed on February 26, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.32.*

Offer Letter to Victor D. Grizzle dated January 4, 2011, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on January 10, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 99.2.*

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.59 

10.60 

10.61 

10.62 

10.63 

10.64 

10.65 

10.66 

10.67 

11 

12 

14 

21 

23.1 

23.2 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

99.1 

99.2 

99.3 

Offer Letter to Thomas M. Kane dated August 14, 2010, is incorporated by reference from the Annual Report on  
Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.45.*

Offer Letter to Mark A. Hershey dated April 21, 2011, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on April 27, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 99.1.*

Offer Letter to Donald R. Maier dated January 19, 2010, as amended by a Letter Agreement dated January 17, 2013.*†

Change in Control Agreement with Matthew Espe dated June 24, 2010, is incorporated by reference from the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2.*

Amendment to Change in Control Agreement with Matthew Espe dated December 31, 2012, is incorporated by reference 
from the Current Report filed on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2013, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.3.*

Form of Change in Control Agreement with Victor D. Grizzle, Mark A. Hershey, Thomas M. Kane, Donald R. Maier, 
Thomas B. Mangas, Stephen F. McNamara, and Frank J. Ready, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on July 6, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.*

Form of Amendment to Change in Control Agreement with Victor D. Grizzle, Mark A. Hershey, Thomas M. Kane, 
Donald R. Maier, Thomas B. Mangas, Stephen F. McNamara, and Frank J. Ready, is incorporated by reference from the 
Current Report filed on Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2013, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1.* 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is incorporated by 
reference from the Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2010, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.1. 

Schedule of Directors and Officers who have entered into the form of Indemnification Agreement with Armstrong World 
Industries, Inc. filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2010, is incorporated by 
reference from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on October 29, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10.2.

Computation of Earnings Per Share.† 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.†

The Armstrong Code of Business Conduct, revised as of July 29, 2011, is incorporated by reference from the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2011, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 14.1.

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.’s Subsidiaries.†

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.†

Consent of Independent Auditors.† 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (furnished herewith).

Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (furnished herewith).

Worthington Armstrong Venture consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the years 
ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.†

Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2009, by and among Armor TPG Holdings LLC and Armstrong World 
Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal Injury Settlement Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d)(3) of the Schedule 
TO filed on September 3, 2009, by TPG Advisors VI, Inc., Armor TPG Holdings LLC and others with respect to 
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.). 

Waiver Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2012, by and between Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Asbestos Personal 
Injury Settlement Trust and Armor TPG Holdings LLC, is incorporated by reference from the Current Report filed on 
Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2012, wherein it appeared as Exhibit 99.2.

101 

Interactive Data Files** 

*  Management Contract or Compensatory Plan.  
† 

Filed herewith.  

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
**  XBRL – Information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 
12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.  

86 

 
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Registrant)

By:

/s/ Matthew J. Espe 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: February 27, 2013 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant Armstrong and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Directors and Principal Officers of the registrant AWI:  

Name 
Matthew J. Espe 

Thomas B. Mangas 

Stephen F. McNamara 

Stanley A. Askren 

Kevin R. Burns 

James J. Gaffney 

Tao Huang 

Michael F. Johnston 

Jeffrey Liaw 

Larry S. McWilliams 

James C. Melville 

James J. O’Connor 

John J. Roberts 

Richard E. Wenz 

Title

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer)

Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

87 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
By:

/s/ Matthew J. Espe 

(Matthew J. Espe) 
As of February 27, 2013 

By: /s/ Thomas B. Mangas 
(Thomas B. Mangas) 
As of February 27, 2013 

By: /s/ Stephen F. McNamara 
(Stephen F. McNamara) 
As of February 27, 2013 

88 

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
SCHEDULE II  

Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and Subsidiaries  
Valuation and Qualifying Reserves of Accounts Receivable  
(dollar amounts in millions)  

2012

2011  

2010

Provision for Losses 
Balance at beginning of period ................................................... $ 
Additions charged to earnings ....................................................
Deductions ..................................................................................
Divestitures/Acquisitions ............................................................

Balance at end of period ............................................................. $ 
Provision for Discounts and Warranties 
Balance at beginning of period ................................................... $ 
Additions charged to earnings ....................................................
Deductions ..................................................................................
Divestitures/Acquisitions ............................................................

8.3 
4.4 
(5.8)
(0.2)

6.7 

31.1 
159.6 
(161.7)
(0.1)

$ 

$ 

$ 

Balance at end of period ............................................................. $ 

28.9 

$ 

8.8  
6.5  
(7.1) 
0.1  
8.3  

33.0  
168.0  
(169.9) 
—    
31.1  

$ 

$ 

$ 

8.9 
6.8 
(6.4)
(0.5)

8.8 

36.9 
171.2 
(175.1)
—   

$ 

33.0 

 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
I, Matthew J. Espe, certify that:  
1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.;  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  
a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

c) 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and  

5) 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  
a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.  

Date: February 27, 2013  

/s/ Matthew J. Espe 

Matthew J. Espe
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
  
 
  
 
I, Thomas B. Mangas, certify that:  
1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.;  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in 
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  
a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 
our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is 
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

c) 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and  

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; 
and  

5) 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  
a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and  

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.  

Date: February 27, 2013  

/s/ Thomas B. Mangas 

Thomas B. Mangas 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
  
  
  
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.  

I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc (the 
“Company”) containing its financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 fully complies with the requirements of 
Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and that information contained in that report fairly 
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of that date.  

/s/ Matthew J. Espe                                               
Matthew J. Espe  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.  

Dated: February 27, 2013  

 
 
  
  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.  

I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (the 
“Company’) containing its financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 fully complies with the requirements of 
Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and that information contained in that report fairly 
presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of that date.  

/s/ Thomas B. Mangas                                                   
Thomas B. Mangas  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.  

Dated: February 27, 2013  

 
 
  
  
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

COMPANY PROFILE 

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Established in 1860, Armstrong World Industries, 
Inc. is a global leader in the design and manufacture 
of floors and ceilings. In 2012, Armstrong's 
consolidated net sales totaled approximately $2.6 
billion. Based in Lancaster, PA, Armstrong operates 
32 plants in eight countries and has approximately 
8,500 employees worldwide. 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM 

KPMG LLP 
Philadelphia, PA 

CORPORATE OFFICES / INFORMATION 

Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 
2500 Columbia Avenue 
Lancaster, PA  17603 

Additional information about Armstrong is available 
without charge to shareholders by directing a request 
to Investor Relations: 

Thomas J. Waters, tjwaters@armstrong.com 

Corporate Website:  http://www.armstrong.com 
For Investors:  717.396.6354  
For News media:  866.321.6677 

Mailing Address: 
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 
P.O. Box 3001 
Lancaster, PA  17604-3001 

STOCK LISTING 

Armstrong’s shares are listed on the New York Stock 
Exchange under the symbol AWI. 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
6201 15th Avenue 
Brooklyn, NY  11219 
www.amstock.com 

The 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of 
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. will be held via the 
Internet and at Armstrong’s corporate offices on June 
21, 2013 at 8:00 a.m. 

CERTIFICATIONS 

The certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, as required by Section 302 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,  have been filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission as 
exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

In addition, in 2012 our Chief Executive Officer 
provided the required annual certification to the New 
York Stock Exchange.   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Certain information in this report and in our other 
public documents and comments contain forward-
looking statements within the meaning of the Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Those 
statements provide our future expectations or 
forecasts and can be identified by our use of words 
such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” 
“intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “outlook,” and other 
words or phrases of similar meaning in connection 
with any discussion of future operating or financial 
performance. Forward-looking statements, by their 
nature, address matters that are uncertain and involve 
risks because they relate to events and depend on 
circumstances that may or may not occur in the 
future. A more detailed discussion of the risks and 
uncertainties that could cause our actual results to 
differ materially from those projected, anticipated or 
implied is included in the “Risk Factors” and 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis” sections of 
our recent reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with 
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. As a 
result, our actual results may differ materially from 
our expected results and from those expressed in our 
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking 
statements speak only as of the date they are made. 
We undertake no obligation to update any forward-
looking statements beyond what is required under 
applicable securities law.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012 BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

MANAGEMENT 

Matthew J. Espe 
CEO and President 

Thomas B. Mangas 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Frank J. Ready 
Executive Vice President & CEO, Armstrong Floor Products  

Victor D. Grizzle 
Executive Vice President & CEO, Armstrong Building Products  

Donald R. Maier 
Senior Vice President, Global Operations Excellence 

Mark A. Hershey 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance 
Officer and Secretary 

Thomas M. Kane 
Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Government 
Relations  

Stephen F. McNamara 
Vice President and Controller 

Stephen H. Poole 
Vice President, Business Development 

Stan A. Askren(2) 
Chairman of the Board, President and 
CEO of HNI Corporation 

Kevin R. Burns 
Partner-in-Charge, Manufacturing/Industry Sector,  
Operations Group, TPG 

Matthew J. Espe 
CEO and President, Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 

James J. Gaffney(2)(3) 
Former Consultant to GS Capital Partners, II, LP and 
former Chairman of the Board and CEO of General 
Aquatics, Inc. 

Tao Huang(1) 
Former Chief Operating Officer, Morningstar 

Michael F. Johnston 
Former Chairman of the Board, CEO and President,  
Visteon Corporation 

Jeffrey Liaw 
Chief Financial Officer, FleetPride, Inc. 

Larry S. McWilliams(1)(2) 
Former President and CEO, Keystone Foods 

James C. Melville(2) 
Member, Kaplan, Strangis and Kaplan, P.A.  

James J. O’Connor, Chairman(3) 
Former Chairman of the Board and CEO of Unicom 
Corporation 

John J. Roberts(1)(3) 
Former Global Managing Partner of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Richard E. Wenz 
Former Chief Executive Officer, Jenny Craig International 

(1)  Audit Committee 
(2)  Management Development and Compensation 

Committee 

(3)  Nominating and Governance Committee